Contents

Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 315
1 of 315

Summary of Content for Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

i 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of valueconscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and quality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owners Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and troublefree motoring. For important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your complete satisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Tollfree: 18003314331

CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Tollfree: 1888TOYOTA8 (18888696828)

Please leave this Owners Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyotas policy of continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

2002 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota Motor Corporation.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

ii 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam- age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to avoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are used in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against something which may cause injury to people if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk to yourself and other people.

NOTICE

This is a warning against something which may cause damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbol shown above, it means: Do not...; Do not do this; or Do not let this happen.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

iii 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Important information about your Toyota

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited warranties:

New vehicle warranty

Emission control systems warranty

Others

For further information, please refer to the Owners War- ranty Information Booklet or Owners Manual Supple- ment.

Your responsibility for maintenance

It is the owners responsibility to make sure that the speci- fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section 6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in- formation, please refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.

Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota

A wide variety of nongenuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod- ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with nongenuine Toyota products. Modification with nongenuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi- tion, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be covered under warranty.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

iv 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Spark ignition system of your Toyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require- ments of the Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Standard.

Installation of a mobile twoway radio system

As the installation of a mobile twoway radio system in your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as multi- port fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, cruise control system, antilock brake system, traction control system, vehicle skid control system, SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary mea- sures or special instructions regarding installation.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten- sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your vehicle.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

12003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Overview of instruments and controls Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument cluster overview 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 1

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Side vents

2. Side defroster outlets

3. Instrument cluster and/or multiinformation display

4. Garage door opener

5. Center vents

6. Auxiliary boxes

7. Front personal light, interior light and/or electric moon roof switch

8. Power door lock switches

9. Power window switches

10. Glove box

11. Trunk opener main switch

12. Rear vents

13. Power outlet (115 VAC)

14. Power outlet (12 VDC)

15. Cup holder

16. Automatic transmission selector lever

17. Hood lock release lever

18. Parking brake pedal

19. Window lock switch

Instrument panel overview With bucket front seat (view A)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

32003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight and turn signal switch and front fog light switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view mirror defogger switch

8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

9. Ignition switch

10. Power outlet main switch

11. Traction control system off switch

12. Cruise control switch

13. Tilt steering lock release lever

14. Trunk lid lock release switch

15. Instrument panel light control knob

With bucket front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

4 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight and turn signal switch and front fog light switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view mirror defogger switch

8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

9. Seat heater switches

10. Ignition switch

11. Power outlet main switch

12. Traction control system off switch

13. Cruise control switch

14. Tilt steering lock release lever

15. Trunk lid lock release switch

16. Instrument panel light control knob

With bucket front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

52003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Side vents

2. Side defroster outlets

3. Instrument cluster and/or multiinformation display

4. Automatic transmission selector lever

5. Garage door opener

6. Center vents

7. Auxiliary boxes

8. Front personal light, interior light and/or electric moon roof switch

9. Power door lock switches

10. Power window switches

11. Glove box

12. Cup holder

13. Trunk opener main switch

14. Hood lock release lever

15. Parking brake pedal

16. Window lock switch

With bench type front seat (view A)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

6 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight and turn signal switch and front fog light switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view mirror defogger switch

8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

9. Power outlet (115 VAC)

10. Power outlet (12 VDC)

11. Ignition switch

12. Power outlet main switch

13. Traction control system off switch

14. Cruise control switch

15. Tilt steering lock release lever

16. Trunk lid lock release switch

17. Instrument panel light control knob

With bench type front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

72003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight and turn signal switch and front fog light switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view mirror defogger switch

8. Seat heater switches

9. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

10. Power outlet (115 VAC)

11. Power outlet (12 VDC)

12. Ignition switch

13. Power outlet main switch

14. Traction control system off switch

15. Cruise control switch

16. Tilt steering lock release lever

17. Trunk lid lock release switch

18. Instrument panel light control knob

With bench type front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

8 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Engine immobiliser system indicator light

6. Odometer and two trip meters

7. Clock

8. Outside temperature display

9. ADJ button

10. MODE button

11. ODO/TRIP button

12. Fuel gauge

: This button is used to adjust the clock. For details, see Clock in Section 19.

Instrument cluster overview Type A

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

92003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Theft deterrent system/Engine immobiliser system indicator light

6. Clock

7. Outside temperature display

8. Multiinformation display

9. LIGHT button

10. MODE button

11. RESET/ADJ button

12. DISPLAY button

13. Odometer and two trip meters

14. ODO/TRIP button

15. Fuel gauge

: This button is used to operate the multiinformation display. For details, see Multiinformation display in Section 19.

Type B

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

10 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Theft deterrent system/Engine immobiliser system indicator light

6. Clock

7. Outside temperature display

8. Odometer and two trip meters

9. ODO/TRIP button

10. Fuel gauge

: For details, please refer to the separate Navigation system Owners manual.

Type C

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

112003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Brake system warning light1

Drivers seat belt reminder light1

Discharge warning light1

Malfunction indicator lamp1

Low engine oil pressure warning light1

or

Low fuel level warning light1

Antilock brake system warning light1or

Open door warning light1

Rear light failure warning light1

SRS warning light1

Low windshield washer fluid level warning light1

Front outside passengers seat belt reminder light1

Vehicle skid control system and traction control system warning light1

Headlight high beam indicator light

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

12 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1: For details, see Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers in Section 15.

2: If this light flashes, see Cruise control in Section 16.

Turn signal indicator lights

Slip indicator light

Cruise control indicator light2

Overdriveoff indicator light

Automatic transmission indicator lights

Traction control system off indicator light

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

132003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Keys and Doors Keys 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine immobiliser system 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk lid 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft deterrent system 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric moon roof 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 2

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

14 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds of keys.

1. Master keyThis key works in every lock.

2. Sub keyThis key will not work in the glove box, trunk and armrest door in the rear seat.

To protect things locked in the glove box or trunk when you have your vehicle parked, leave the sub key with the atten- dant.

Since the doors and trunk lid can be locked without a key, you should always carry a spare master key in case you accidentally lock your keys inside the ve- hicle.

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if you need additional keys, duplicates can be made by a Toyota dealer using the key number.

We recommend you to write down the key number and keep it in safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds of keys.

1. Master key (black)This key works in every lock. Your Toyota dealer will need it to make you a new key with builtin transponder chip.

2. Sub key (gray)This key will not work in the glove box, trunk and armrest door in the rear seat.

A transponder chip for engine immobiliser system has been filled in the head of the master and sub keys. These chips are needed to enable the system to function correctly, so be careful not to lose these keys. If you make your own duplicate key, you will not be able to cancel the system or start the engine.

Keys (without engine immobiliser system)

Keys (with engine immobiliser system)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

152003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To protect things locked in the glove box or trunk when you have your vehicle parked, leave the sub key with the atten- dant.

Since the doors and trunk lid can be locked without a key, you should always carry a spare master key in case you accidentally lock your keys inside the ve- hicle.

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans- ponder chip, observe the following precautions:

When starting the engine, do not use the key with a key ring resting on the key grip and do not press the key ring against the key grip. Otherwise the engine may not start, or may stop soon after it starts.

When starting the engine, do not use the key with other transponder keys around (including keys of oth- er vehicles) and do not press other key plates against the key grip. Otherwise the engine may not start, or may stop soon after it starts. If this happens, remove the key once and then insert it again after taking off other transponder keys (includ- ing keys of other vehicles) from the ring or while gripping or covering them with your hand to start the engine.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

16 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not bend the key grip.

Do not cover the key grip with any material that cuts off electromagnet- ic waves.

Do not knock the key hard against other objects.

Do not leave the key exposed to high temperatures for a long period, such as on the dashboard and hood under the direct sunlight.

Do not put the key in water or wash it in an ultrasonic washer.

Do not use the key with electromag- netic materials. KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if you need additional keys, duplicates can be made by a Toyota dealer using the key number.

We recommend you to write down the key number and keep it in safe place.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

172003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The engine immobiliser system is a theft prevention system. When you in- sert the key in the ignition switch, the transponder chip in the keys head transmits an electronic code to the ve- hicle. The engine will start, only when the electronic code in the chip corre- sponds to the registered ID code for the vehicle.

The system is automatically set when the key is removed from the ignition switch. The indicator light will start flashing to show the system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditions occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

The indicator light stays on except when the theft deterrent system is set- ting or activating. (See Theft deterrent system in this section.)

The indicator light does not start flash- ing when the key is removed from the ignition switch.

The indicator light flashes unsteady.

Inserting the registered key in the ignition switch automatically cancels the system, which enables the engine to start. The indicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you a new key with builtin transponder chip, your dealer will need your key number and master key. However, there is a limit to the number of additional keys your Toyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key, you will not be able to cancel the sys- tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas- semble the engine immobiliser sys- tem. If any unauthorized changes or modifications are made, the proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.

Engine immobiliser system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

18 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCC ID: MOZ RI4ETY MADE IN JAPAN

FCC ID: NT815607YU3FXCVR MADE IN CANADA

FCC ID: NT815607YU3FXCVR MADE IN MEXICO

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, includ- ing interference that may cause unde- sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex- pressly approved by the party respon- sible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equip- ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer- ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turn it.

To lock: Turn the key forward. To unlock: Turn the key backward.

All the doors lock and unlock simulta- neously with either front door. In the driv- ers door lock, turning the key once will unlock the drivers door and twice in suc- cession will unlock all the doors simulta- neously.

Side doors

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

192003 AVALON (OM41401U)

When all the doors are unlocked simulta- neously with a key or wireless remote control transmitter, the interior lights and ignition switch light come on for about 15 seconds and then fade out, even if the door is not opened. (For further informa- tion, see Interior light, Front personal and interior lights and Ignition switch light in Section 14.)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward. To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The front doors can be opened by pulling the inside handle even if the lock knobs are in the locked position.

CAUTION

Do not pull the inside handle of the front doors while driving. The doors will open and an accident may occur. Toyota strongly recommends that all children be placed in the rear seat of the vehicle.

Closing the door with the lock knob in the lock position will also lock the door. Be careful not to lock your keys in the ve- hicle.

The door cannot be locked if you leave the key in the ignition switch.

If the vehicle is subjected to a severe frontal, rear or side impact with the igni- tion switch turned to the ON position, all doors will unlock automatically after a few seconds.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

20 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Drivers side

Passengers side

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch on the front side. To unlock: Push the switch on the rear side.

All the doors lock or unlock simultaneous- ly.

REAR DOOR CHILDPROTECTORS

Move the lock knob to the LOCK position as shown on the label.

This feature allows you to lock a rear door so it can be opened from the outside only, not from inside. We recommend us- ing this feature whenever small children are in the vehicle.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

212003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doors are closed and locked, especially when small children are in the ve- hicle. Along with the proper use of seat belts, locking the doors helps prevent the driver and passengers from being thrown out from the ve- hicle during an accident. It also helps prevent the doors from being opened unintentionally.

You can select the following modes of the automatic locking and unlocking functions. The initial mode is mode 1.

Mode 1Automatic locking linked with the shift position

All doors are automatically locked when the selector lever is moved out of the P position after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all the doors are closed.

Mode 2Functions cancelled

Automatic door locking and unlocking functions do not activate in this mode.

Mode 3Automatic locking and un- locking linked with the shift position

Locking functionAll doors are auto- matically locked when the selector le- ver is moved out of the P position after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all the doors are closed.

Unlocking functionAll doors are auto- matically unlocked when the selector lever is moved to the P position when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Mode 4Automatic locking and un- locking linked with the shift position and ignition switch

Locking functionAll doors are auto- matically locked when the selector le- ver is moved out of the P position after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all the doors are closed.

Unlocking functionAll doors are auto- matically unlocked when the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position.

CHANGING THE MODE

The mode toggles through from mode 1 to mode 4. To change the mode, do the following:

1. Shift the selector lever into the P position and close all doors.

2. Push the power door lock switch on the rear side to unlock the doors.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

4. Within 10 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, push and hold the power door lock switch on the front side for about 5 seconds.

Automatic door locking and unlocking functions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

22 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

5. Open door warning light will flash to indicate that the mode has been changed.

The flashing of the open door warning light indicates the mode which has been selected.

Flashing once, the function has changed to mode 1.

Flashing twice, the function has changed to mode 2.

Flashing three times, the function has changed to mode 3.

Flashing four times, the function has changed to mode 4.

Locking operation

Unlocking operation

The wireless remote control system is designed to lock or unlock all the doors, open the trunk lid, or activate the PANIC mode from a distance within approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE DOORS

To lock or unlock all the doors, push the LOCK or UNLOCK switch of the transmitter slowly and securely.

To lock: Push the LOCK switch. All the doors are locked simultaneously. At this time one beep will be heard, and parking lights, side marker lights, license plate lights and tail lights flash once.

Check to see that the doors are securely locked.

If any of the doors is not securely closed, or if the key is in the ignition switch, locking cannot be performed by the LOCK switch and a beep will sound con- tinuously for 10 seconds.

Wireless remote control

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

232003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To unlock: Push the UNLOCK switch once to unlock the drivers door alone. Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds unlocks all the doors simultaneously. Each time the UNLOCK switch is pushed, two beeps will be heard, and the parking lights, side marker lights, license plate lights and tail lights flash twice.

If the ignition key is in the ON position, unlocking cannot be performed by the UNLOCK switch.

When all the doors are unlocked simulta- neously with a key or wireless remote control transmitter, the interior lights and ignition switch light come on for about 15 seconds and then fade out, even if the door is not opened. (For further informa- tion, see Interior light, Front personal and interior lights and Ignition switch light in Section 14.)

You have 30 seconds to open a door after using the wireless remote unlock feature. If a door is not opened by then, all the doors will be automatically locked again.

If the LOCK or UNLOCK switch is kept pressed in, the locking or unlocking opera- tion is not repeated. Release the button and then push again.

OPENING THE TRUNK LID

To open the trunk lid, push the trunk lid open switch of the transmitter for 1 second. A long beep will sound.

If the ignition key is in the ON position, the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid open switch.

To open the trunk lid with the master key, see Trunk lid in this section.

PANIC SWITCH

Pushing the PANIC switch blows the horn intermittently and flashes the headlights, tail lights and interior light.

The PANIC switch is used to deter ve- hicle theft when you witness anyone at- tempting to break into or damage your vehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stop alarm midway, do the following:

Push the PANIC switch once again.

Unlock any doors with the key or wire- less remote control transmitter.

Open the trunk lid with the key or wire- less remote control transmitter.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

24 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Turn the key from the LOCK to ON position.

The PANIC mode does not work when the ignition key is in the ON position.

SWITCHING BEEP SOUND ON AND OFF

You can switch the beep sound on and off. (The beep sound is on initially and after battery replacement.)

To switch the beep sound on and off:

With the drivers door opened

1. Insert the ignition key and remove it.

2. Within 5 seconds, insert the ignition key again and turn it to the ON posi- tion.

3. After 10 seconds, push the same LOCK, UNLOCK, PANIC or trunk lid open switch twice within 10 sec- onds. Two beep sounds inform you that the program has been switched on or off.

If this procedure is not followed exactly, the beep sound will not operate as ex- pected.

Check the beep sound ON/OFF operation by pushing the transmitter switch after you finish this procedure. If the beep does not operate as expected, repeat this proce- dure from step 1.

WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL TRANSMITTER

The wireless remote control transmitter is an electronic component. Observe the fol- lowing instructions in order not to cause damage to the transmitter.

Do not leave the transmitter on places where the temperature becomes high such as on the dashboard.

Do not disassemble it.

Avoid knocking it hard against other objects or dropping it.

Avoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 4 wireless remote con- trol transmitters for the same vehicle. Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed information.

If the wireless remote control transmitter does not actuate the doors or trunk lid, or operate from a normal distance:

Check for closeness to a radio trans- mitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.

The battery may have been consumed. Check the battery in the transmitter. To replace the battery, see following REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY.

If you lose your transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to avoid the possibility of theft, or an acci- dent. (See If you lose your wireless re- mote control transmitter in Section 4.)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, includ- ing interference that may cause unde- sired operation.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

252003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NOTICE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protec- tion against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruc- tions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interfer- ence to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is en- couraged to try to correct the interfer- ence by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving an- tenna.

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not ex- pressly approved by the party respon- sible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equip- ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer- ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY

For replacement, use a CR2016 lithium battery or equivalent.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken that small children do not swallow the re- moved transmitter battery or compo- nents.

NOTICE

When replacing the transmitter bat- tery, be careful not to lose the com- ponents.

Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by a Toyota dealer.

Dispose of used batteries according to the local laws.

Replace the transmitter battery by the fol- lowing procedures:

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

26 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the transmitter case.

2. Push the edge of the discharged trans- mitter battery and lift it out as shown in the above illustration.

3. Put a new transmitter battery with posi- tive (+) side up.

Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

Make sure the positive side and negative side of the transmitter bat- tery should be faced correctly.

Do not replace the battery with wet hands. Water may cause unexpected rust.

Do not touch or move any compo- nents inside of the transmitter, or it may interfere with proper opera- tion.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

272003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Be careful not to bend the electrode of the transmitter battery insertion and that dust or oils do not adhere to the transmitter case.

Close the transmitter case securely.

After replacing battery, check that the transmitter operates properly. If the trans- mitter still does not operate properly, con- tact your Toyota dealer.

The windows can be operated with the switch on each door.

The power windows work when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Key off operation: All windows work for about 43 seconds even after the ignition switch is turned off. They stop working when either front door is opened.

OPERATING THE DRIVERS WINDOW

Use the switch on the drivers door.

Normal operation: The window moves as long as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch. To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

Automatic operation: Push the switch completely down or pull it completely up, and then release it. The window will fully open or close. To stop the window part- way, lightly move the switch in the oppo- site direction and then release it.

Power windows

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

28 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Jam protection function: During automat- ic closing operation or key off closing op- eration, the window stops and opens half way if something gets caught between the window and window frame.

If the window receives a strong impact, this function may work even if nothing is caught.

CAUTION

Never try jamming any part of your body to make the jam protection function work intentionally.

The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the window is fully closed.

Window lock switch

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS WINDOWS

Use the switches on the passengers doors. The drivers door also has switches that control the passengers windows.

The window moves as long as you hold the switch.

To open: Push down the switch. To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch on the drivers door, the passengers windows cannot be operated.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

292003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, you must do the following.

Always make sure the heads, hands and other parts of the bodies of all occupants are kept completely in- side the vehicle before you close the power windows. If someones neck, head or hands get caught in a closing window, it could result in a serious injury. When anyone closes the power windows, make sure that he/she operates the win- dows safely.

When small children are in the ve- hicle, never let them use the power window switches without supervi- sion. Use the window lock switch to prevent them from making unex- pected use of the switches.

Never leave small children alone in the vehicle, especially with the igni- tion key still inserted. They could use the power window switches and get trapped in a window. Unat- tended children can be involved in serious accidents.

To open the trunk lid from the outside, insert the master key and turn it clock- wise.

See Luggage stowage precautions in Section 2 for precautions in loading lug- gage.

To close the trunk lid, lower it and press down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up to make sure it is securely closed.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys- temThe trunk lid can be opened with the wireless remote control transmitter, see Wireless remote control in this section.

CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv- ing. This not only keeps the luggage from being thrown out but also pre- vents exhaust gases from entering the vehicle.

Trunk lid (lock release lever type)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

30 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To open the trunk lid from the drivers seat, pull up on the lock release lever.

To deactivate this lock release lever from opening the trunk lid, see Luggage se- curity system described below.

This system deactivates the lock re- lease lever so that things locked in the trunk can be protected.

1. After closing the armrest door, insert the master key and turn it clockwise to lock the armrest door.

2. After closing the trunk lid, insert the master key and turn it counterclock- wise to deactivate the lock release lever.

After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up to make sure it is securely locked.

Lock release lever Luggage security system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

312003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If a person is locked in the trunk, he or she can pull down the phosphores- cent handle lever on the inside of trunk lid in case of emergency to open the trunk lid.

The phosphorescent (glowinthedark) handle will continue to glow for a time after the trunk lid is closed. Exposing the handle to stronger light will cause it to glow longer.

CAUTION

Always lock the trunk lid and all doors, and keep away the vehicle keys out of childrens reaches.

Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Unsupervised children may lock themselves in the vehicle or trunk and suffer serious injuries or death.

To open the trunk lid from the outside, insert the master key and turn it clock- wise.

See Luggage stowage precautions in Section 2 for precautions in loading lug- gage.

To close the trunk lid, lower it and press down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up to make sure it is securely closed.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys- temThe trunk lid can be opened with the wireless remote control transmitter, see Wireless remote control in this section.

Internal trunk release handle Trunk lid (lock release switch type)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

32 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv- ing. This not only keeps the luggage from being thrown out but also pre- vents exhaust gases from entering the vehicle.

To open the trunk lid from the drivers seat, push the lock release switch.

To deactivate this lock release switch from opening the trunk lid, see Trunk opener main switch described below.

On Off

If you do not want to activate the trunk lid opener system, turn off the trunk opener main switch in the glove box. To turn it on, push in the trunk opener main switch.

Lock release switch Trunk opener main switch

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

332003 AVALON (OM41401U)

This system helps protect things locked in the trunk by safeguarding the trunk opener main switch from unwanted ac- cess.

1. To cancel the lock release switch, turn off the trunk opener main switch in the glove box.

2. After closing the glove box lid, in- sert the master key into the glove box lock and turn it clockwise to safeguard the lock release switch.

3. After closing the armrest door, insert the master key and turn it clockwise to lock the armrest door.

After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up to make sure it is securely locked.

Luggage security system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

34 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If a person is locked in the trunk, he or she can pull down the phosphores- cent handle lever on the inside of trunk lid in case of emergency to open the trunk lid.

The phosphorescent (glowinthedark) handle will continue to glow for a time after the trunk lid is closed. Exposing the handle to stronger light will cause it to glow longer.

CAUTION

Always lock the trunk lid and all doors, and keep away the vehicle keys out of childrens reaches.

Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Unsupervised children may lock themselves in the vehicle or trunk and suffer serious injuries or death.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The hood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hood is closed and securely locked. Other- wise, the hood may open unexpected- ly while driving and an accident may occur.

Internal trunk release handle Hood

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

352003 AVALON (OM41401U)

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the auxiliary catch lever and lift the hood.

Before closing the hood, check to see that you have not forgotten any tools, rags, etc. Then lower the hood and make sure it locks into place. If necessary, press down gently on the front edge to lock it.

To deter the vehicle theft, the system is designed to sound an alarm if any of the doors, trunk or hood is forcibly un- locked or the battery terminal is discon- nected and then reconnected when the vehicle is locked.

The alarm blows the horn intermittently and flashes the headlights, tail lights and interior light.

SETTING THE SYSTEM

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove it.

The indicator light will start flashing when the key is removed from the ignition switch. (See Engine immobiliser system for details.)

2. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle.

3. Close and lock all the doors, trunk and hood.

The indicator light will remain on when all the doors, trunk and hood are closed and locked.

Theft deterrent system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

36 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The system will automatically be set after 30 seconds. When the system is set, the indicator light will start flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator light starts flashing, you may leave the ve- hicle.

Never leave anyone in the vehicle when you set the system, because unlocking from the inside will activate the system.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Activating the system

The system will give the alarm under the following conditions:

If any of the doors is unlocked or if the trunk or hood is forcibly opened without the key or wireless remote con- trol transmitter.

If the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected.

If the ignition is hotwired.

The indicator light will come on when the system is activating.

If any of the doors is unlocked without the key or wireless remote control transmitter and the key is not in the ignition switch, all the doors will be automatically locked again.

After one minute, the alarm will automati- cally stop and the indicator light will start flashing again.

Reactivating the alarm

Once set, the system automatically resets the alarm after the alarm stops.

The alarm will activate again under the same circumstances described in Activating the system.

Stopping the alarm

The alarm will be stopped by the following three ways:

Turn the ignition key from the LOCK to ON position.

Unlock any of the doors with the key or wireless remote control transmitter.

Open the trunk with the key or wireless remote control transmitter.

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM

The system will be cancelled by the above mentioned 3 ways.

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds, the theft deterrent system has been alarmed. Check to see if there is any abnormality on your vehicle.

TESTING THE SYSTEM

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the system as described above. The doors should be locked with the key or wireless remote control transmit- ter. Be sure to wait until the indicator light starts flashing.

3. Unlock any door from the inside. The system should activate the alarm.

4. Stopping the alarm as described above.

5. Repeat this operation for the other doors, trunk and hood. When testing on the hood, also check that the system is activated when the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected.

If the system does not work properly, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

372003 AVALON (OM41401U)

This indicates that the fuel filler door is on the left side of your vehicle.

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the lever up.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

Do not smoke, cause sparks or al- low open flames when refueling. The fumes are flammable.

When opening the cap, do not re- move the cap quickly. In hot weath- er, fuel under pressure could cause injury by spraying out of the filler neck if the cap is suddenly re- moved.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn the cap slowly counterclockwise, then pause slightly before removing it. After removing the cap, hang it on the cap hanger.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh when the cap is opened. When installing, turn the cap clockwise till you hear a click.

If the cap is not tightened securely, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after driving several times. If the indicator lamp does not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

Fuel tank cap

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

38 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Make sure the cap is tightened se- curely to prevent fuel spillage in case of an accident.

Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap for replacement. It is designed to regulate fuel tank pressure.

Sliding operation

Tilting operation

To operate the moon roof, use the switch beside the front personal lights.

The moon roof works when the ignition switch is in the ON position. However, if both front doors are closed, it works for about 43 seconds even after the ignition switch is turned off. It stops working when either of the front doors is opened.

Sun shade operation

The sun shade can be opened or closed by hand.

Sliding operation

To open: Push the switch on the SLIDE OPEN side.

The roof will open and stop partway 10 mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened posi- tion. When you push SLIDE OPEN side again, the moon roof will open fully. To stop the roof partway, push the switch on either the SLIDE OPEN or TILT UP side briefly while the roof is moving.

As driving with the moon roof opened fully will cause wind throbs, we recommend you to drive with the moon roof partway 10 mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened position.

The sun shade will be opened together with the roof.

Electric moon roof

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

392003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To close: Push the switch on the TILT UP side.

The roof will fully close. To stop the roof partway, push the switch on either the SLIDE OPEN or TILT UP side briefly.

Tilting operation

To tilt up: Push the switch on the TILT UP side. To tilt down: Push the switch on the SLIDE OPEN side.

You may stop the moon roof at any de- sired position. The roof will move while the switch is being pushed and stop when released.

Jam protection function (closing opera- tion only): During closing operation, the moon roof stops and opens half way if something gets caught between the moon roof and frame.

If the moon roof receives a strong impact, this function may work even if nothing is caught.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, you must do the following.

While the vehicle is moving, always keep the heads, hands and other parts of the bodies of all occupants away from the roof opening. Other- wise, they could be seriously in- jured if the vehicle stops suddenly or if the vehicle is involved in an accident.

Always make sure nobody places his/her head, hands and other parts of the body in the roof opening be- fore you close the roof. If some- ones neck, head or hands get caught in the closing roof, it could result in a serious injury. When anyone closes the roof, first make sure it is safe to do so.

Never leave small children alone in the vehicle, especially with the igni- tion key still inserted. They could use the moon roof switches and get trapped in the roof opening. Unat- tended children can be involved in serious accidents.

Never sit on top of the vehicle around the roof opening.

Never try jamming any part of your body to make the jam protection function work intentionally.

The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the moon roof is fully closed.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

40 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

412003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Seats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and Mirrors Seats 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seats 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving position memory system 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk storage extension 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Armrest 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat heaters 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS side airbags 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt steering wheel 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antiglare inside rear view mirror 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto antiglare inside rear view mirror 95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vanity mirrors 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 3

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

42 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

While the vehicle is being driven, all ve- hicle occupants should have the seatback upright, sit well back in the seat and prop- erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

Do not drive the vehicle unless the occupants are properly seated. Do not allow sitting on top of a foldeddown seatback, or in the luggage compartment or cargo area. Persons not properly seated and/or properly restrained by seat belts can be severely injured in the event of emergency braking or a collision.

During driving, do not allow pas- sengers to stand up or move around between seats. Severe inju- ries can occur in the event of emer- gency braking or a collision.

CAUTION

The SRS side airbags are installed in the driver and front passenger seats. Observe the following precautions.

Do not lean against the front door when the vehicle is in use, since the side airbag inflates with consid- erable speed and force. Otherwise, you may be killed or seriously in- jured. Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child in the vehicle.

Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the side air- bags inflate. Such accessories may prevent the side airbags from acti- vating correctly, causing death or serious injury.

Do not modify or replace the seats or upholstery of the front seats with the side airbags. Such changes may disable the system or cause the side airbags to inflate acciden- tally resulting in death or serious injury. Consult your Toyota dealer if you insist on modifications of this kind.

Adjust the drivers seat so that the foot pedals, steering wheel and instrument panel controls are within easy reach of the driver.

CAUTION

Adjustments should not be made while the vehicle is moving, as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

When adjusting the seat, be careful that the seat does not hit a passen- ger or luggage.

After adjusting the seat position, try sliding it forward and backward to make sure it is locked in posi- tion.

After adjusting the seatback, push back your body to make sure it is locked in position.

Seats Front seats Front seat precautions Seat adjustment precautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

432003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not put objects under the seats. Otherwise, the objects may interfere with the seatlock mechanism or unexpectedly push up the seat posi- tion adjusting lever and the seat may suddenly move, causing the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

While adjusting the seat, do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts. Otherwise, you may catch and injure your hands or fingers.

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull it up. Then slide the seat to the desired position with slight body pressure and release the lever.

2. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTING KNOB

Turn the knob either way.

3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING LEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up. Then lean back to the desired angle and release the lever.

Adjusting front seats (manual seat)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

44 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, avoid reclining the seatback any more than needed. The seat belts provide maxi- mum protection in a frontal or rear collision when the driver and the pas- senger are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen. In the event of a frontal collision, the more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of personal injury.

1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desired direction.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat at that position.

Do not place anything under the front seats, as this might interfere with the seat movement.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desired direction.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat- back at that position.

Adjusting front seats (power seat)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

452003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, avoid reclining the seatback any more than needed. The seat belts provide maxi- mum protection in a frontal or rear collision when the driver and the pas- senger are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen. In the event of a frontal collision, the more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of personal injury.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT ADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the switch on either side.

The amount of lumbar support will change while the switch is pushed.

The micro computer can memorize the position of the drivers seat and outside rear view mirror. Two different driving position profiles can be entered into computers memory.

Recording a driving position in the computers memory can only be done when the ignition key is in the ON position and the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P position.

SETTING THE DRIVING POSITION

1. Adjust the drivers seat and outside rear view mirror to the desired posi- tion.

2. While pushing the SET button, push button 1 or 2 until the sig- nal beeps.

The beep sound means that the positions are recorded in the computers memory.

By repeating these two steps and pressing the remaining button, the driving position for another driver can be recorded.

To set a new memorized position, select the desired position and perform step 2. The previous memory will be erased and a new position will be set.

Driving position memory system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

46 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To make only slight changes to an already memorized position, the easiest way is to first activate the memorized position, then make the desired changes and perform step 2 above.

RECALLING THE MEMORIZED POSITION

When you push button 1 or 2, the driving position will be automatically adjusted to the position recorded for that button.

CONDITIONS FOR MEMORIZED POSITION ACTIVATION

Ignition key ON and shift lever in P position All parts of the memorized positions can be activated. However, if the brake pedal is being depressed, the seat position will not change.

Key not in ignition switch and within 30 seconds of opening drivers door The memorized position can be acti- vated.

If any driving position memory switch is pushed while one of the memorized driv- ing position profiles is being activated, the operation will stop.

To reactivate the system, push the desired button (1 or 2) again.

The driving position memory control sys- tem cannot be operated while the vehicle is moving.

If the vehicles battery is disconnected, the computers memory will be erased and the memorized position will have to be set again.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

472003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Do not start the vehicle while the adjustment are being made.

Take care not to select the wrong button, or the seat could strike the rear passenger or hit your body against the steering wheel. If this happens, you can stop the move- ment by pressing another driving position memory switch, or de- pressing the brake pedal.

1. Pull down the armrest in the rear seat.

2. Push down the handle of the armrest door and open the armrest door.

Access to the trunk can be prevented by locking the armrest door with the master key.

To lock: Turn the key clockwise.

See Luggage stowage precautions in Section 2 for precautions in loading lug- gage.

Trunk storage extension

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

48 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Be sure to close the door when the trunk storage extension is not in use. Luggage or cargo in the trunk may be thrown into the passenger compart- ment in a sudden stop or crash re- sulting in injury.

Front

Rear

For your safety and comfort, adjust the head restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up. To lower: Push it down while pressing the lock release button.

Rear center head restraintWhen an oc- cupant sits on the rear center seat, al- ways pull up the rear center head re- straint to the lock position.

The head restraint is most effective when it is close to your head. Therefore, using a cushion on the seatback is not recom- mended.

CAUTION

Adjust the center of the head re- straint so that it is closest to the top of your ears.

After adjusting the head restraint, make sure it is locked in position.

Do not drive with the head re- straints removed.

Head restraints

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

492003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Front (bench type front seat only)

Rear

FrontTo use the armrest, pull up the strap and pull down the armrest as shown above.

RearTo use the armrest, pull it down as shown above.

For driver

For front outside passenger

Armrest Seat heaters

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

50 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To turn on the seat heater, push the switch.

At this time, the indicator light will illu- minate to indicate the seat heater is operating.

The key must be in the ON position.

Pushing the switch again will turn it off.

CAUTION

Occupants must use caution when op- erating the seat heater because it may make them feel too hot or cause burns at low temperatures (erythema, varicella). Use extra caution for;

Babies, small children, elderly per- sons, sick persons or handicapped persons

Persons who have delicate skin

Persons who are exhausted

Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs which induce sleep (sleeping drug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, do not use the seat heater with a blan- ket, cushion, or other insulating ob- jects which cover the seat.

NOTICE

Do not put unevenly weighed ob- jects on the seat and do not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.

When cleaning the seats, do not use organic substances (paint thin- ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline, etc.). They may damage the heater and seat surface.

To prevent the battery from being discharge, turn the switch off when the engine is not running.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver and passengers in the vehicle be properly re- strained at all times with the seat belts provided. Failure to do so could increase the chance of injury and/or the severity of injury in accidents.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap- propriate for the child until the child be- comes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belts. See Child restraint for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraint system, the child should sit in the rear seat and must be restrained using the vehicles seat belt. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, the seat belts should be worn properly. If an accident occurs and the seat belts are not worn properly, the force of the rapid infla- tion of the airbag may cause death or serious injury to the child.

Seat belts Seat belt precautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

512003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not allow the child to stand up or kneel on either rear or front seats. An unrestrained child could suffer serious in- jury or death during emergency braking or a collision. Also, do not let the child sit on your lap. It does not provide sufficient restraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for specific recommendations. The lap belt should be worn securely and as low as possible over the hips and not on the waist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends the use of a seat belt. Depending on the inju- ry, first check with your doctor for specific recommendations.

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seats properly wearing their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury or death in the event of sudden braking or a collision.

When using the seat belts, observe the following:

Use the belt for only one person at a time. Do not use a single belt for two or more peopleeven children.

Avoid reclining the seatbacks too much. The seat belts provide maxi- mum protection when the seatbacks are in the upright position. (Refer to the seat adjustment instructions.)

Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware. Take care that they do not get caught or pinched in the seat or doors.

Inspect the belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose parts. Damaged parts should be re- placed. Do not disassemble or modify the system.

Keep the belts clean and dry. If they need cleaning, use a mild soap solution or lukewarm water. Never use bleach, dye, or abrasive clean- ersthey may severely weaken the belts. (See Cleaning the interior in Section 5.)

Replace the belt assembly (includ- ing bolts) if it has been used in a severe impact. The entire assembly should be replaced even if damage is not obvious.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

52 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Adjust the seat as needed (front seats only) and sit up straight and well back in the seat. To fasten your belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the tab into the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locks into the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjusts to your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It also may lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to extend, and you can move around freely.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the retractor, firmly pull the belt and release it. You will then be able to smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

When a passengers shoulder belt is com- pletely extended and is then retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This fea- ture is used to hold the child restraint system securely. (For details, see Child restraint in this section.) To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more.

CAUTION

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the belt is not twisted.

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

If the seat belt does not function normally, immediately contact your Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot protect an adult occupant or your child from injury.

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder anchor

Adjust the shoulder anchor position to your size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up. To lower: Push in the lock release button and slide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor is locked in position.

Front outside and rear seat belts (3point type)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

532003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause serious injuries in a collision.

Take up slack

Too high

Keep as low on hips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap and shoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hipsnot on your waist, then ad- just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulder portion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

Both highpositioned lap belts and loosefitting belts could cause seri- ous injuries due to sliding under the lap belt during a collision or other unintended result. Keep the lap belt positioned as low on hips as possible.

For your safety, do not place the shoulder belt under your arm.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

54 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To release the belt, press the bucklere- lease button and allow the belt to re- tract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull it out and check for kinks or twists. Then make sure it remains untwisted as it re- tracts.

Lengthen

Sit up straight and well back in the seat. To fasten your belt, insert the tab into the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locks into the buckle.

If the belt is not long enough for you, hold the tab at a right angle to the belt and pull on the tab.

CAUTION

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the belt is not twisted.

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

If the seat belt does not function normally, immediately contact your Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot protect an adult occupant or your child from injury.

Front center seat belt (2point type)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

552003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Too high

Adjust to a snug fit

Keep as low on hips as possible

Remove excess length of the belt and adjust the belt position.

To shorten the belt, pull the free end of the belt.

Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hipsnot on your waist, then ad- just it to a snug fit.

CAUTION

Both highpositioned and loosefit- ting lap belts could cause serious in- juries due to sliding under the lap belt during a collision or other unin- tended result. Keep the lap belt posi- tioned as low on hips as possible.

To release the belt, press the bucklere- lease button.

The front center seat belt can be stowed when not in use.

Stowing the front center seat belt

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

56 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If your seat belts cannot be fastened se- curely because they are not long enough, a personalized seat belt extender is avail- able from your Toyota dealer free of charge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer so that the dealer can order the proper re- quired length for the extender. Bring the heaviest coat you expect to wear for prop- er measurement and selection of length. Additional ordering information is available at your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender, observe the following precautions. Failure to follow these instructions could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt restraint system in case of vehicle accident, increasing the chance of personal injury.

Never use the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without it.

Remember that the extender pro- vided for you may not be safe when used on a different vehicle, for another person or at a different seating position, than the one origi- nally intended.

To connect the extender to the seat belt, insert the tab into the seat belt buckle so that the PRESS signs on the bucklerelease buttons of the ex- tender and the seat belt are both facing outward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locks into the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press on the bucklerelease button on the extender, not on the seat belt. This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and extend- er itself.

When not in use, remove the extender and store in the vehicle for future use.

Seat belt extender

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

572003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the seat belt extender is not twisted.

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

If the seat belt does not function normally, immediately contact your Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot protect an adult occupant or your child from injury.

The driver and front outside passen- gers seat belt pretensioners are de- signed to be activated in response to a severe frontal impact.

When the airbag sensor detects the shock of a severe frontal impact, the front out- side seat belts are quickly drawn back in by the retractors so that the belts snugly restrain the front outside seat occupants.

The front outside seat belt pretensioners are activated even with no passenger in the front outside seat.

This indicator comes on when the igni- tion key is turned to the ON position. It goes off after about 6 seconds. This means the front outside seat belt pre- tensioners are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen- sors, side airbag sensors, drivers seat position sensor, drivers seat belt buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner assem- blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect- ing wiring and power sources. (For details, see Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers in Section 15.)

Front seat belt pretensioners

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

58 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The front outside seat belt pretensioner system mainly consists of the following components and their locations are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The front outside seat belt pretensioners are controlled by the airbag sensor as- sembly. The airbag sensor assembly con- sists of a safing sensor and airbag sen- sor.

When the front outside seat belt preten- sioners are activated, an operating noise may be heard and a small amount of smokelike gas may be released. This gas is harmless and does not indicate that a fire is occurring.

Once the front outside seat belt preten- sioners have been activated, the seat belt retractors remain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or open the front seat belt pretensioner as- semblies, airbag sensor or surround- ing area or wiring. Doing so may cause sudden operation of the front outside seat belt pretensioners or dis- able the system, which could result in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious inju- ries. Consult your Toyota dealer about any repairs and modifications.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following changes without consulting your Toyota dealer. Such changes can interfere with proper operation of the front outside seat belt pretensioners in some cases.

Installation of electronic devices such as a mobile twoway radio, cassette tape player or compact disc player

Repairs on or near the front seat belt retractor assemblies

Modification of the suspension sys- tem

Modification of the front end struc- ture

Attachment of a grille guard (bull bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow, winches or any other equipment to the front end

Repairs made on or near the front fenders, front end structure or con- sole

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

592003 AVALON (OM41401U)

This front outside seat belt pretensioner system has a service reminder indicator to inform the driver of operating problems. If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the airbags or pretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- tion, or remains on.

The light comes on or flashes while driving.

If either front outside seat belt does not retract or cannot be pulled out due to a malfunction or activation of the relevant front outside seat belt preten- sioner.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible:

The front of the vehicle (shaded in the illustration) was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the front outside seat belt pretension- ers to operate.

Either front outside seat belt preten- sioner assembly or surrounding area is scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam- aged.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

60 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys- tem) front airbags are designed to pro- vide further protection for occupants in the following seats in addition to the primary safety protection provided by the seat belts.

Vehicles with bucket front seatsThe SRS front airbags are designed to pro- tect the driver and front passenger.

Vehicles with bench type front seats The SRS front airbags are designed to protect the driver and front outside passenger. They are not designed to protect occupant in the center position.

In response to a severe frontal impact, the SRS front airbags work together with the seat belts to help reduce injury by inflating. The SRS front airbags help to reduce injuries mainly to the drivers or front passengers head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel or dash- board. The front passenger airbag is acti- vated even with no passenger in the front seat.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who is too close to the steering wheel or dashboard during airbag deployment can be killed or seriously injured. Toyota strongly recommends that:

The driver sit as far back as pos- sible from the steering wheel while still maintaining control of the ve- hicle.

The front passenger sit as far back as possible from the dashboard.

All vehicle occupants be properly restrained using the available seat belts.

SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

612003 AVALON (OM41401U)

This indicator comes on when the igni- tion key is turned to the ON position. It goes off after about 6 seconds. This means the SRS front airbags are oper- ating properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen- sors, side airbag sensors, drivers seat position sensor, drivers seat belt buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner assem- blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect- ing wiring and power sources. (For details, see Service remainder indicators and warning buzzers in Section 15.)

The SRS front airbag system is de- signed to activate in response to a se- vere frontal impact within the shaded area between the arrows in the illustra- tion.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if the severity of the impact is above the de- signed threshold level, comparable to an approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision in the U.S.A. and 30 km/h (18 mph) collision in Canada when impacting straight into a fixed barrier that does not move or de- form.

If the severity of the impact is below the above threshold level, the SRS front air- bags may not deploy.

However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher if the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact, or if it is involved in an underride collision (e.g. a collision in which the nose of the vehicle underrides, or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

For the safety of all occupants, always wear your seat belts properly.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

62 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Collision from the side

Collision from the rear

Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are not designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed frontal collision.

Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard material

Falling into or jumping over a deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.

The SRS airbag system consists mainly of the following components, and their loca- tions are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

3. Airbag module for front passenger (airbag and inflator)

4. Drivers seat belt buckle switch

5. Drivers seat position sensor

6. Airbag sensor assembly

7. SRS warning light

The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

632003 AVALON (OM41401U)

In a severe frontal impact, the sensor de- tects deceleration and the system triggers the airbag inflators. At this time a chemi- cal reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with nontoxic gas to help restrain the forward motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce a fairly loud noise and release some smoke and residue along with nontoxic gas. This does not indicate a fire. This gas is nor- mally harmless; however, for those who have delicate skin, it may cause a minor skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent any potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in a fraction of a second, so the airbags must inflate with considerable force. While the system is designed to reduce serious inju- ries, it may also cause minor burns or abrasions and swelling.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, dashboard) may be hot for several minutes, but the airbags themselves will not be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate only once.

A crash severe enough to inflate the air- bags may break the windshield as the vehicle buckles. In vehicles with a pas- senger airbag the windshield may also be damaged by absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.

CAUTION

The SRS airbag system is designed only as a supplement to the prima- ry protection of the driver side and front passenger side seat belt sys- tems. The front seat occupants can be killed or seriously injured by the inflating airbags if they do not wear the available seat belts properly. During sudden braking just before a collision, an unrestrained driver or front passenger can move for- ward into direct contact with or close proximity to the airbag which may then deploy during the colli- sion. To ensure maximum protection in an accident, the driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts properly. Wear- ing a seat belt properly during an accident reduces the chances of death or serious injury or being thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions con- cerning the seat belt system, see Seat belts in this section.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

64 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by the deploy- ing front airbags. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all in- fants and children be placed in the rear seat of the vehicle and proper- ly restrained. The rear seat is the safest for infants and children. For instructions concerning the installa- tion of a child restraint system, see Child restraint in this section. Never install a rearfacing child re-

straint system on the front passen- ger seat because the force of the rapid inflation of the front passen- ger airbag can cause death or seri- ous injury to the child.

Move seat fully back

A forwardfacing child restraint sys- tem should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger air- bag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

652003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not allow the child to lean against the front door or around the front door even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags inflate, because the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.

For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint sys- tem, see Child restraint in this section.

Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean over the dashboard when the vehicle is in use, since the front airbags inflate with consider- able speed and force. Otherwise, you may be killed or seriously in- jured. Sit up straight and well back in the seat, and always use your seat belt properly.

Do not allow a child to stand up, or to kneel on the front passenger seat, since the front airbag inflates with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.

Do not hold a child on your lap or in your arms. Use a child restraint system in the rear seat. For instruc- tions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see Child restraint in this section.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

66 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not put objects or your pets on or in front of the dashboard or steering wheel pad that houses the front airbag system. They might re- strict inflation or cause death or serious injury as they are projected rearward by the force of the deploy- ing airbags. Likewise, the driver and front passenger should not hold objects in their arms or on their knees.

Do not modify or remove any wir- ing. Do not modify, remove, strike or open any components such as the steering wheel pad, steering wheel, column cover, front passen- ger airbag cover, front passenger airbag or airbag sensor assembly. Doing so may cause sudden SRS front airbag inflation or disable the system, which could result in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury. Consult your Toyota dealer about any repairs and modifications.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following changes without consulting your Toyota dealer. Such changes can interfere with proper operation of the SRS front airbag system in some cases.

Installation of electronic devices such as a mobile twoway radio, cassette tape player or compact disc player

Modification of the suspension sys- tem

Modification of the front end struc- ture

Attachment of a grille guard (bull bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow, winches or any other equipment to the front end

Repairs made on or near the front fenders, front end structure, con- sole, steering column, steering wheel or dashboard near the front passenger airbag

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

672003 AVALON (OM41401U)

This SRS front airbag system has a service reminder indicator to inform the driver of operating problems. If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the airbags. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- tion, or the light remains on.

The light comes on while driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible:

The SRS front airbags have been in- flated.

The front of the vehicle (shaded in the illustration) was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.

The pad section of the steering wheel or front passenger airbag cover (shaded in the illustration) is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cables before contacting your Toyota dealer.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

68 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys- tem) side airbags are designed to pro- vide further protection for occupants in the following seats in addition to the primary safety protection provided by the seat belts.

Vehicles with bucket front seatsThe SRS side airbags are designed to pro- tect the driver and front passenger.

Vehicles with bench type front seats The SRS side airbags are designed to protect the driver and rightfront pas- senger. They are not designed to pro- tect occupant in the center position.

In response to a severe side impact, the SRS side airbags work together with the seat belts to help reduce injury by inflat- ing. The SRS side airbags help to reduce injuries mainly to the drivers or front pas- sengers chest. The SRS side airbag on the passenger seat is activated even with no passenger in the front seat.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

SRS side airbags inflate with consid- erable force. To avoid potential death or serious injury when they inflate, the driver and front passenger must:

Wear their seat belts properly

Remain properly seated with their back upright and against the seat at all times.

This indicator comes on when the igni- tion key is turned to the ON position. It goes off after about 6 seconds. This means the SRS side airbags are operat- ing properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen- sors, side airbag sensors, drivers seat position sensor, drivers seat belt buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner assem- blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect- ing wiring and power sources. (For details, see Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers in Section 15.)

SRS side airbags

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

692003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The SRS side airbag system may not activate if the vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment as shown in the illustra- tion.

The SRS side airbags are designed to inflate when the passenger compartment area suffers a severe impact from the side.

For the safety of all occupants, always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the front

Collision from the rear

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags are not designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a front or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed side collision.

The SRS side airbag system consists mainly of the following components, and their locations are shown in the illustra- tion.

1. SRS warning light

2. Airbag sensor assembly

3. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflator)

4. Side airbag sensors

The SRS side airbag system is controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sen- sor and airbag sensor.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

70 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

In a severe side impact, the side airbag sensor triggers the side airbag inflators. At this time a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non toxic gas to help restrain the lateral mo- tion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce a fairly loud noise and release some smoke and residue along with nontoxic gas. This does not indicate a fire. This gas is nor- mally harmless; however, for those who have delicate skin, it may cause a minor skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent any potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in a fraction of a second, so the airbags must inflate with considerable force. While the system is designed to reduce serious inju- ries, it may also cause minor burns or abrasions and swelling.

Front seats may be hot for several min- utes, but the airbags themselves will not be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate only once.

CAUTION

The SRS side airbag system is de- signed only as a supplement to the primary protection of the driver side and front passenger side seat belt systems. To ensure maximum protection in an accident, the driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an accident reduces the chances of death or serious injury or being thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions con- cerning the seat belt system, see Seat belts in this section.

Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by the deploy- ing airbags. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all in- fants and children be placed in the rear seat of the vehicle and proper- ly restrained. The rear seat is the safest for infants and children. For instructions concerning the installa- tion of a child restraint system, see Child restraint in this section.

Do not allow a child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body against the front door or the area of the seat from which the side air- bag deploys even if he/she is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbag inflates, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child. For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint sys- tem, see Child restraint in this section.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

712003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not lean against the front door when the vehicle is in use, since the side airbag inflates with consid- erable speed and force. Otherwise, you may be killed or seriously in- jured. Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child in the vehicle.

Sit up straight and well back in the seat, distributing your weight evenly in the seat. Do not apply excessive weight to the outer side of the front seats on vehicles with side airbags.

Do not attach a cup holder or any other device or object on or around the door. When the side airbag in- flates, the cup holder or any other device or object will be thrown with great force or the side airbag may not activate correctly, resulting in death or serious injury. Likewise, the driver and front passenger should not hold objects in their arms or on their knees.

Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the side air- bags inflate. Such accessories may prevent the side airbags from acti- vating correctly, causing death or serious injury.

Do not modify or replace the seats or upholstery of the front seats with the side airbags. Such changes may disable the system or cause the side airbags to inflate acciden- tally resulting in death or serious injury. Consult your Toyota dealer if you insist on modifications of this kind.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

72 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following changes without consulting your Toyota dealer. Such changes can interfere with proper operation of the SRS side airbag system in some cases.

Installation of electronic devices such as a mobile twoway radio, cassette tape player or compact disc player

Modification of the suspension sys- tem

Modification of the side structure of the passenger compartment

Repairs made on or near the con- sole or front seat

This SRS side airbag system has a service reminder indicator to inform the driver of operating problems. If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the airbags. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- tion, or the light remains on.

The light comes on or flashes while driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible:

The SRS side airbags have been in- flated.

The portion of the doors (shaded in the illustration) was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS side airbags to inflate.

The surface of the seats with the side airbag (shaded in the illustration) is scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam- aged.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

732003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cables before contacting your Toyota dealer.

Toyota strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A. and Canada now require the use of a child restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraint system, the child should sit in the rear seat and must be restrained using the vehicles seat belt. See Seat belts for details.

CAUTION

For effective protection in automo- bile accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an acci- dent, the child can be crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicles interior.

Toyota strongly urges use of a proper child restraint system which conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. Accord- ing to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

Never install a rearfacing child re- straint system on the front seat. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag can cause death or serious injury if a rearfacing child restraint system is installed on the front seat.

Unless it is unavoidable, do not install a child restraint system on the front seat.

Child restraint Child restraint precautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

74 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

A forwardfacing child restraint sys- tem should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger air- bag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to lean against the front door or around the front door even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags inflate, because the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.

Make sure that you have complied with all installation instructions pro- vided by the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured.

A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with either the lap belt or the lap portion of the lap/ shoulder belt. You must carefully con- sult the manufacturers instructions which accompany the child restraint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a child restraint system following the manufactur- ers instructions about the appropriate age and size of the child for the child restraint system.

Install the child restraint system correctly following the instructions provided by its manufacturer. General directions are also provided under the following instructions.

The child restraint system should be installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

CAUTION

Never install a rearfacing child re- straint system on the front seat. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag can cause death or serious injury if a rearfacing child restraint system is installed on the front seat.

Unless it is unavoidable, do not put a child restraint system on the front seat.

A forwardfacing child restraint sys- tem should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger air- bag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to lean against the front door or around the front door even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags inflate, because the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.

Child restraint system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

752003 AVALON (OM41401U)

After installing the child restraint system, make sure it is secured in place following the manufacturers instructions. If it is not restrained securely, it may cause death or se- rious injury to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

When not using the child restraint system, keep it secured with the seat belt or place it in the trunk or somewhere other than the passenger compartment. This will pre- vent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types depending on the childs age and size.

(A) Infant seat (B) Convertible seat (C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system following the instructions provided by its manufac- turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se- curing the top strap of a child restraint system.

For instructions about how to use the an- chor bracket, see Using a top strap in this section.

The child restraint lower anchorages ap- proved for your vehicle may also be used. See Installation with the child restraint lower anchorages in this section.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

Types of child restraint system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

76 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(C) Booster seat (A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rearfacing position only.

CAUTION

Never install a rearfacing child re- straint system on the front passen- ger seat because the force of the rapid inflation of the front passen- ger airbag can cause death or seri- ous injury to the child.

Installation with 3point type seat belt

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

772003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not install a child restraint sys- tem on the rear seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front seats. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden brak- ing or a collision.

If the drivers seat position does not allow sufficient space for safe installation, install the child re- straint system on the rear right seat.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the infant seat following the instructions provided by its manufactur- er and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint system until the seat belt is fixed.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

78 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it in the lock mode. When the belt is then retracted even slightly, it cannot be extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, make sure the belt is in the lock mode before letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, let the shoulder belt retract as far as it will go to hold the infant seat secure- ly.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys- tem in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufac- turer.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

792003 AVALON (OM41401U)

4. To remove the infant seat, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt to retract completely. The belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or older child passen- ger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward facing or rearfacing position depend- ing on the childs age and size. When installing, follow the manufacturers instruction about the applicable childs age and size as well as directions for installing the child restraint system.

CAUTION

Never install a rearfacing child re- straint system on the front passen- ger seat because the force of the rapid inflation of the front passen- ger airbag can cause death or seri- ous injury to the child.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

80 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Move seat fully back

A forwardfacing child restraint sys- tem should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger air- bag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to lean against the front door or around the front door even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags inflate, because the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.

Do not install a child restraint sys- tem on the rear seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front seats. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden brak- ing or a collision.

If the drivers seat position does not allow sufficient space for safe installation, install the child re- straint system on the rear right seat.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

812003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the convertible seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint system until the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it in the lock mode. When the belt is then retracted even slightly, it cannot be extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely, make sure the belt is in the lock mode before letting the belt retract.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

82 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

3. While pressing the convertible seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, let the shoulder belt retract as far as it will go to hold the convert- ible seat securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys- tem in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufac- turer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt to retract completely. The belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or older child passen- ger.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

832003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat is used in forwardfac- ing position only.

Move seat fully back

CAUTION

A forwardfacing child restraint sys- tem should be allowed to be installed on the front seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as pos- sible, because the force of the de- ploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to lean against the front door or around the front door even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbag inflates, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

84 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the booster seat and child fol- lowing the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly across the childs shoulder and that the lap belt is positioned as low as possible on childs hips. See Seat belts for de- tails.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of childs shoulder. The belt should be kept away from childs neck, but not falling off childs shoulder. Fail- ure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause serious injuries in a col- lision.

Both highpositioned lap belts and loosefitting belts could cause seri- ous injuries due to sliding under the lap belt during a collision or other unintended result. Keep the lap belt position as low on a childs hips as possible.

For childs safety, do not place the shoulder belt under childs arm.

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent your child from properly latching the tab and buckle.

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint system until the seat belt is fixed.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

852003 AVALON (OM41401U)

2. To remove the child restraint system, press the bucklerelease button and al- low the belt to retract.

CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward facing or rearfacing position depend- ing on the childs age and size. When installing, follow the manufacturers instruction about the applicable childs age and size as well as directions for installing the child restraint system.

CAUTION

Never install a rearfacing child re- straint system on the front passen- ger seat because the force of the rapid inflation of the front passen- ger airbag can cause death or seri- ous injury to the child.

Installation with 2point type seat belt

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

86 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Same angle

Same height

Move seat fully back

Move seat fully back

A forwardfacing child restraint sys- tem should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger air- bag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

When installing a child restraint system in the front seat center position, move the driver and passenger seats as far back as possible, set both seatbacks to the same angle as the back of the child restraint system, and set both seat cushions at the same height so that the child restraint system is securely restrained.

With the child restraint system installed, check that your driving position is satis- factory and that the child restraint system does not interfere with your driving.

If your driving position is not satisfactory, or the child restraint system interferes with your driving, install it at another posi- tion.

CAUTION

When using a forwardfacing child restraint system, move the driver and passenger seats as far back as possible, set both seatbacks to the same angle as the back of the child restraint system, set both seat cushions at the same height and make sure your driving position is satisfactory.

Ignoring the above instructions may result in a serious injury in case of on accident.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

872003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Run the center lap belt through or around the convertible seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt is not twisted.

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint system until the seat belt is fixed.

2. While pressing the convertible seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling its free end to hold the convertible seat securely.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

88 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys- tem in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufac- turer.

3. To remove the convertible seat, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt to retract completely. The belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or older child passen- ger.

Follow the procedure below for a child restraint system that requires the use of a top strap.

Using a top strap

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

892003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Symbol

Anchor brackets

Use the anchor bracket on the package tray behind the rear seat to attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for each rear seating position.

This symbol indicates the location of user ready anchor brackets.

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the head restraint.

2. Remove the anchor bracket cover with the symbol shown in the il- lustration.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

90 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

3. Securely fasten the child restraint system with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re- straint system, see Child restraint in this section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securely latched, and check that the child re- straint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. Replace the head restraint.

Store any removed covers in a safe place such as the glove box.

Be sure to replace all covers when the anchor bracket is not in use.

Lower anchorages for the child restraint systems complying with the FMVSS225 specifications are installed in the rear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the clear- ance between the seat cushion and seat- back of both outside rear seats.

Child restraint systems complying with the FMVSS225 specification can be fixed to these anchorages. In this case, it is not necessary to fix the child restraint system with a seat belt on the vehicle.

Installation with child restraint lower anchorages

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

912003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Type A Type B

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM INSTALLATION

Type A

1. Widen the clearance between the seat cushion and seatback a little and confirm the position of the low- er anchorages near the tag on the seatback.

2. Latch the hooks of lower straps onto the anchorages and tighten the lower straps.

Type B

1. Widen the clearance between the seat cushion and seatback a little and confirm the position of the low- er anchorages near the tag on the seatback.

2. Latch the buckles onto the anchor- ages.

If your child restraint system has a top strap, it should be anchored. (For the installation of the top strap, see Using a top strap in this section.)

For the installation details, refer to the instruction manual equipped with each product.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

92 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

When using the lower anchorages for the child restraint system, be sure that there are no irregular ob- jects around the anchorages and that the seat belt is not caught.

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to make sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions pro- vided by its manufacturer.

Do not install a child restraint sys- tem on the rear seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front seats. This can cause death or serious injury to a child and front passenger in case of a sudden braking or a collision.

To change the steering wheel angle, hold the steering wheel, pull the lock release lever toward you, tilt the steer- ing wheel to the desired angle and re- lease the lever.

When the steering wheel is in a low posi- tion, it will spring up as you release the lock release lever.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving. Doing so may cause the driver to mishan- dle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

After adjusting the steering wheel, try moving it up and down to make sure it is locked in position.

Tilt steering wheel

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

932003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Adjust the mirror so that you can just see the side of your vehicle in the mir- ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis- tance of any object seen in the outside rear view mirror on the passengers side. It is a convex mirror with a curved sur- face. Any object seen in a convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than when seen in a flat mirror.

Vehicles with the auto antiglare inside rear view mirrorWhen the inside rear view mirror surface darkens in AUTO mode, the drivers side outside rear view mirror surface also darkens to reduce the reflection of the headlights of the vehicle behind you. (For details, see Auto anti glare inside rear view mirror in this sec- tion.)

On some models, when you push the rear window defogger switch, the heater panels in the outside rear view mirrors will quick- ly clear the surface. (See Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers in Section 14.)

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is moving. Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious inju- ries.

On some models, since the mirror surfaces can get hot, do not touch them when the defogger switch is on.

NOTICE

The outside rear view mirrors are fixed in place. Do not try to fold the mirrors. It may damage the mirrors.

Outside rear view mirrors

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

94 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switchTo select the mirror to be adjusted Place the switch at L (left) or R (right).

2. Control switchTo move the mirror Push the switch in the desired direc- tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is in the ACC or ON position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do not operate the control or scrape the mir- ror face. Use a spray deicer to free the mirror.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just see the rear of your vehicle in the mir- ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you during night driving, operate the lever on the lower edge of the mirror.

Daylight drivingLever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greater clarity at this position.

Night drivingLever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you also lose some rear view clarity.

Power rear view mirror control

Antiglare inside rear view mirror

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

952003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is moving. Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the ve- hicle and an accident may occur re- sulting in death or serious injuries.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just see the rear of your vehicle in the mir- ror.

This mirror is equipped with auto anti glare function. The function is designed to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you during night driving.

When the ignition key is inserted and turned on, the inside rear view mirror al- ways turns on in the AUTO mode.

The AUTO indicator illuminates to show you that the function is on.

In AUTO mode, if the mirror detects light from the headlights of the vehicle behind you, the mirror surface darkens slightly to reduce the reflected light.

When the inside rear view mirror surface darkens the drivers side outside rear view mirror surface also darkens.

To turn off the automatic function, press the switch on the OFF side.

To turn on the automatic function again, press the switch on the AUTO side.

Adjust it before driving so that the rear view is optimized.

When the outside air temperature is low, it may take little longer for the mirror to darken in response to the detection of headlights.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is moving. It may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

Auto antiglare inside rear view mirror

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

96 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To ensure correct functioning of an antiglare mirror sensor located on the back side of the mirror, do not touch or cover the sensor with your finger or a piece of cloth, etc.

To use the vanity mirrors, swing down the sun visor and open the cover.

The vanity lights come on when you open the cover.

Vanity mirrors

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

972003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Lights, Wipers and Defogger Headlights and turn signals 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flashers 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front personal and interior lights 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear personal lights 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition switch light 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shifting the windshield wiper position 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 110. . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 4

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

98 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

HEADLIGHTS

Manual operation

To turn on the following lights: Twist the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1Parking, tail, license plate, side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2Headlights and all of the above

Automatic operation

To turn on or off the lights automatical- ly, twist the headlight/turn signal lever knob to the AUTO position when the ignition key is in the ON position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights in position 1 automatically turn on or off de- pending on the darkness of the surround- ings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2 to turn on the headlights if they are need- ed immediately when entering a dark tun- nel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is on the top of the drivers side instrument panel.

Do not place anything on the instrument panel, and/or do not affix anything on the windshield to block this sensor.

Headlights and turn signals (for U.S.A.)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

992003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or AUTO position with the tail lights on

The lights automatically turn off when the drivers door is opened with the ignition key in the ACC or LOCK position.

Position 2 or AUTO position with the headlights on

The lights automatically turn off after 30 seconds when any of the door or trunk lid is opened and closed with the ignition key in the ACC or LOCK position.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys- temThe lights can be turned off immedi- ately by pushing the LOCK switch on the wireless remote control transmitter with all the doors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the door or trunk lid is kept opened, the lights automatically turn off after 20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni- tion key to the ON position or actuate the headlight switch. If you are going to park for over one week, make sure the knob is in the AUTO position.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, do not leave the lights on for a long period when the engine is not running.

Daytime running light (DRL) system

Daytime Running Light (DRL) System can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. The DRL system can be helpful in many different driving conditions, but they can be espe- cially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlights come on at a reduced brightness when:

The ignition is on with the engine run- ning.

The light switch is in the AUTO posi- tion.

The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights and instrument panel lights, twist the knob to the position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn the headlights to full intensity for night driving.

To turn off the DRL system, twist the knob to the position 3 (DRL OFF) or turn the ignition switch off.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

100 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

HighLow beamsFor high beams, turn the headlights on and push the lever away from you (position 1). Pull the lever to- ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light (blue light) on the instrument panel will tell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights (position 3)Pull the lever all the way back. The high beam headlights turn off when you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights even when the headlight switch is off.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/ turn signal lever up or down to position 1.

The key must be in the ON position.

The lever automatically returns after you make a turn, but you may have to return it by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the lever up or down to the pressure point (position 2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (green lights) on the instrument panel flash faster than normal, a front or rear turn signal bulb is burned out. See Replacing light bulbs in Section 73.

HEADLIGHTS

Manual operation

To turn on the following lights: Twist the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1Parking, tail, license plate, side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2Headlights and all of the above

Headlights and turn signals (for Canada)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1012003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Automatic operation

To turn on or off the lights automatical- ly, twist the headlight/turn signal lever knob to the position 3 (AUTO) when the ignition key is in the ON position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights in position 1 automatically turn on or off de- pending on the darkness of the surround- ings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2 to turn on the headlights if they are need- ed immediately when entering a dark tun- nel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is on the top of the drivers side instrument panel.

Do not place anything on the instrument panel, and/or do not affix anything on the windshield to block this sensor.

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or position 3 with the tail lights on

The lights automatically turn off when the drivers door is opened with the ignition key in the ACC or LOCK position.

Position 2 or position 3 with the head- lights on

The lights automatically turn off after 30 seconds when any of the door or trunk lid is opened and closed with the ignition key in the ACC or LOCK position.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys- temThe lights can be turned off immedi- ately by pushing the LOCK switch on the wireless remote control transmitter with all the doors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the door or trunk lid is kept opened, the lights automatically turn off after 20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni- tion key to the ON position or actuate the headlight switch. If you are going to park for over one week, make sure the headlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, do not leave the lights on for a long period when the engine is not running.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

102 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Daytime running light (DRL) system

Daytime Running Light System (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. The DRL system can be helpful in many different driving conditions, but they can be espe- cially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlights come on at a reduced brightness when:

The ignition is on with the engine run- ning.

The headlight switch is off.

The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights and instrument panel lights, twist the knob to the position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn the headlights to full intensity for night driving.

HighLow beamsFor high beams, turn the headlights on and push the lever away from you (position 1). Pull the lever to- ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light (blue light) on the instrument panel will tell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights (position 3)Pull the lever all the way back. The high beam headlights turn off when you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights even when the headlight switch is off.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/ turn signal lever up or down to position 1.

The key must be in the ON position.

The lever automatically returns after you make a turn, but you may have to return it by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the lever up or down to the pressure point (position 2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (green lights) on the instrument panel flash faster than normal, a front or rear turn signal bulb is burned out. See Replacing light bulbs in Section 73.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1032003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To turn on the emergency flashers, push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn them off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warn other drivers if your vehicle must be stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos- sible.

The turn signal light switch will not work when the emergency flashers are operat- ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, do not leave the switch on longer than necessary when the en- gine is not running.

To adjust the brightness of the instru- ment panel lights, turn the knob.

Emergency flashers Instrument panel light control

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

104 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To turn on the front fog lights, twist the band of the headlight and turn sig- nal switch lever. They will come on only when the headlights are on low beam.

To turn on the interior light, slide the switch.

The interior light switch has the following positions:

ONKeeps the light on all the time.

OFFTurns the light off.

DOORTurns the light on when any of the doors is opened. The light goes off when all the doors are closed.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

With the switch in the DOOR position, the light comes on when any door is opened. After all the doors are closed, the light remains on for about 15 seconds and then goes out.

However, in the following cases, the light goes off immediately.

All the doors are closed when the igni- tion key is in the ACC or ON posi- tion.

The ignition key is turned to the ACC or ON after all the doors are closed.

All the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked with the key or wireless remote control transmitter simultaneously, the light comes on for about 15 seconds and then fades out, even if the door is not opened.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, the light will automatically turn off when the key is removed and the door is left opened with the switch at DOOR position for 20 minutes or more.

Front fog lights Interior light

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1052003 AVALON (OM41401U)

With moon roof

Without moon roof

Front personal lights

To turn on the front personal lights, push the switch. To turn the lights off, push the switch once again.

Interior lights

The interior lights turn on when any of the door is opened. The lights go off when all of the doors are closed.

You cannot turn off the lights when any of the doors is opened.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

The lights come on when any door is opened. After all the doors are closed, the lights remain on for about 15 seconds and then go out.

However, in the following cases, the lights go off immediately.

All the doors are closed when the igni- tion key is in the ACC or ON posi- tion.

The ignition key is turned to the ACC or ON after all the doors are closed.

All the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked with the key or wireless remote control transmitter simultaneously, the lights come on for about 15 seconds and then fade out, even if the door is not opened.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, the lights will automatically turn off when the key is removed and the door is left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Front personal and interior lights

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

106 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To turn on the rear personal light, push the switch. To turn the light off, push the switch once again.

For easy access to the ignition switch, the ignition switch light comes on when any of the doors are opened.

The light remains on for about 15 seconds after all the doors are closed.

However, in the following cases, the light go off immediately.

All the doors are closed when the igni- tion key is in the ACC or ON posi- tion.

The ignition key is turned to the ACC or ON after all the doors are closed.

All the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked with the key or wireless remote control transmitter simultaneously, the light comes on for about 15 seconds and then fades out, even if the door is not opened.

To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, the light will automatically turn off when the key is removed and the door is left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Rear personal lights Ignition switch light

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1072003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To turn on the windshield wipers, move the lever to the desired setting.

The key must be in the ON position.

Lever position Operation

Position 1 Intermittent operation

Position 2 Low speed operation

Position 3 High speed operation

Position 4 Washer on

The INT TIME band lets you adjust the wiping time interval when the wiper lever is in the intermittent position (position 1). Twist the band upward to increase the time between sweeps, and downward to decrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever toward you (position 4).

If the windshield wipers are off, they will operate a couple of times after the washer squirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid, see Adding washer fluid in Section 73.

In freezing weather, warm the windshield with the defroster before using the washer. This will help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on your windshield, which can block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind- shield is dry. It may scratch the glass or may damage wiper blades.

Automatic control adjuster

To turn on the windshield wipers, move the lever to the desired setting.

The key must be in the ON position.

Lever position Operation

Position 1 Automatic operation

Position 2 Low speed operation

Position 3 High speed operation

Position 4 Washer on

Windshield wipers and washer

(intermittent operation type)

Windshield wipers and washer

(raindrop detection type)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

108 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Automatic operation (position 1)

The wiper speed is determined by the amount of raindrops and sunlight detected by the automatic wiper control sensor.

The automatic wiper control sensor is on the inside of the windshield as shown above.

If you feel that the operation of the auto- matic wiper control is too fast or too slow, twist the automatic control adjuster in the direction to lower sensitivity, and + direction to boost the sensitivity.

Even if the wiper lever is in the position 1, the system will switch to intermittent operations in the following conditions:

When the windshield gets extremely cold (at less than 10C or 14F)

When the system malfunctions

However, when the windshield gets ex- tremely hot (at more than 90C or 194F), the wipers do not operate even if the wiper lever is in the position 1.

When the ignition switch is turned off with the wiper lever in the position 1, and then the ignition switch is turned on again, the automatic operation may not work even if raindrops are on the windshield.

In this case, move the lever to another position and return it to the position 1 again.

CAUTION

Be careful not to get your fingers caught between the wipers and wind- shield.

When the wiper lever is in the posi- tion 1 with the ignition switch on, the wipers could operate automatically in the following cases:

If you touch the upper center of the windshield adjacent to the sensor.

If you wipe the upper center of the windshield (adjacent to which the sensor is located) with a towel or other object.

If the windshield vibrates.

If you touch the sensor.

NOTICE

Do not apply detergent to or wet the automatic wiper control sensor when cleaning the inside of the windshield.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1092003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever toward you (position 4).

If the windshield wipers are off, they will operate a couple of times after the washer squirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid, see Adding washer fluid in Section 73.

In freezing weather, warm the windshield with the defroster before using the washer. This will help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on your windshield, which can block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind- shield is dry. It may scratch the glass or may damage wiper blades.

The wiper blades retract under the hood when the wipers are turned off.

In the following cases, the wipers should be shifted from the retracted position (position 2) to the rest position (position 1) above the hood level.

When cleaning the windshield

When inspecting or replacing the wip- ers

When the retraction may be obstructed by snow, etc., at the bottom of the windshield

Other than the above cases, keep the wipers in the retracted position.

SHIFTING TO THE REST POSITION

Hold the connection of the wiper arm and wiper blade and pull it upward for more than 10 cm (3.9 in.) along the windshield glass with the force of about 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).

NOTICE

To prevent the wiper blades from be- ing deformed, be sure to hold the connection of the wiper arm and wip- er blade securely.

Shifting the windshield wiper position

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

110 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

RETURNING TO THE RETRACTED POSITION

Push the connection of the wiper arm and wiper blade downward.

NOTICE

To prevent the wiper blades from be- ing deformed, be sure to hold the connection of the wiper arm and wip- er blade securely.

Type A

Type B

Type C

To defog or defrost the rear window, push the switch.

The key must be in the ON position.

The thin heater wires on the inside of the rear window will quickly clear the surface. An indicator light will illuminate to indicate the defogger is operating.

Type CThe heater panels in the outside rear view mirrors will also quickly clear the surfaces. Keep your hands off the mirror faces when the switch is on.

Push the switch once again to turn the defoggers off.

Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1112003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The system will automatically shut off af- ter the defogger has operated about 15 minutes.

CAUTION

Type CSince the mirror surfaces can get hot, do not touch them when the defogger switch is on.

Make sure you turn the defoggers off when the surfaces are clear. Leaving the defoggers on for a long time could cause the battery to discharge, especially during stopandgo driving. The defoggers are not designed for drying rain water or for melting snow.

On some models, if the outside rear view mirrors are heavily coated with ice, use a spray deicer before operating the switch.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or connec- tors.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

112 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1132003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators

Fuel gauge 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine coolant temperature gauge 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tachometer 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Odometer and two trip meters 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 5

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

114 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The gauge indicates the approximate quantity of the fuel remaining in the tank when the ignition switch is on.

Nearly fullNeedle at F Nearly emptyNeedle at E

It is a good idea to keep the tank over 1/4 full.

If the fuel level approaches E or the low fuel level warning light comes on, fill the fuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move- ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level warning light may come on earlier than usual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill the fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after driving several times. If the indicator lamp does not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature when the ignition switch is on. The engine operating temperature will vary with changes in weather and engine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone, your engine is too hot. If your vehicle overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the engine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severe operating conditions, such as:

Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

Reducing speed or stopping after high speed driving.

Fuel gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1152003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Idling for a long period with the air conditioning on in stopandgo traffic.

Towing a trailer.

NOTICE

Do not remove the thermostat in the engine cooling system as this may cause the engine to overheat. The thermostat is designed to con- trol the flow of coolant to keep the temperature of the engine within the specified operating range.

Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. See If your ve- hicle overheats in Section 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speed in thousands of rpm (revolutions per minute). Use it while driving to select correct shift points and to prevent en- gine lugging and overrevving.

Driving with the engine running too fast causes excessive engine wear and poor fuel economy. Remember, in most cases the slower the engine speed, the greater the fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle get into the red zone. This may cause severe engine damage.

Type A

Type B

Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

116 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Type C

This meter displays the odometer and two trip meters when the ignition switch is on.

1. OdometerShows the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip metersShow two different distances independently driven since the last time each trip meter was set to zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculate the fuel economy and the other to measure the distance on each trip. All trip meter data is cancelled if the elec- trical power source is disconnected.

3. ODO/TRIP buttonResets the two trip meters to zero, and also change the meter display.

To change the meter display, quickly push and release the button. The meter display changes in the order from the odometer to trip meter A to trip meter B, then back to the odometer each time you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis- play the meter A reading, then push and hold the button until the meter is set to zero. The same process can be applied for resetting the trip meter B.

(a) If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b) Fasten drivers seat belt.

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(d) Stop and check.

or

(indicator and buzzer)

(e) Stop and check.

Do this.

(c) Fasten front outside passengers seat belt.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1172003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(h) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(i) Close all doors.

(j) Replace bulb.

or

(g) Fill up tank.

Do this.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(n) Remove key.Key reminder buzzer

(m) Add washer fluid.

Do this.

(l) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(k) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following cases when the ignition key is in the ON posi- tion.

When the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on for a few seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position even after the parking brake is released.

When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue driving normally when the brake fluid level is low.

Have your vehicle checked at your Toyota dealer in the following cases:

The light does not come on even if the parking brake is applied when the igni- tion key is in the ON position.

The light does not come on even if the ignition key is turned on with the park- ing brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly during operation does not indicate a problem.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

118 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

If either of the following conditions occurs, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.

The light does not turn off even after the parking brake is released while the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may not work properly and your stopping distance will become longer. De- press the brake pedal firmly and bring the vehicle to an immediate stop.

The brake system warning light re- mains on together with the ABS warning light.

In this case, not only the antilock brake system will fail but also the vehicle will become extremely un- stable during braking.

(b) Drivers Seat Belt Reminder Light and Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you to buckle up the drivers seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to ON or START, the reminder light flashes and buzzer sounds if the drivers seat belt is not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the belt, the light keep flashing and the buzz- er sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.

(c) Front Outside Passengers Seat Belt Reminder Light

This light reminds you to buckle up the front outside passengers seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to ON or START, the reminder light flashes if a passenger sits in the front outside passen- ger seat and does not fasten the seat belt. Unless the front outside passenger fastens the belt, the light stays on. This light reminds you to buckle up the front outside passengers seat belt.

If luggage load is placed on the front outside passenger seat, depending on its weight and how it is placed on the seat, builtin sensors in the seat cushion may detect the pressure, causing the reminder light to come on.

(d) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is being discharged.

If it comes on while you are driving, there is a problem somewhere in the charging system.

The engine ignition will continue to oper- ate, however, until the battery is dis- charged. Turn off the air conditioning, blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the engine drive belt is broken or loose.

(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This light warns that the engine oil pres- sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you are driving, pull off the road to a safe place and stop the engine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for assistance.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1192003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The light may occasionally flicker when the engine is idling or it may come on briefly after a hard stop. There is no cause for concern if it then goes out when the engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil level is extremely low. It is not designed to indicate low oil level, and the oil level must be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with the warning light oneven for one block. It may ruin the engine.

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignition key is turned to the ON position and goes off after the engine starts. This means that the warning light system is operating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lamp comes on while driving, first check the followings.

Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi- ately.

Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely tighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions. The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after taking several driving trips.

If the lamp will not go off even after the several trips, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel tank cap is not loose...

There is a problem somewhere in the engine, emission control system, auto- matic transmission electrical system or warning light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a state emission inspection if the malfunction indicator lamp remains on. Contact your Toyota dealer to check your vehicles emission control system and OBD (OnBoard Diagnostics) system before taking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs in Section 6.

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel level in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up the tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move- ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level warning light may come on earlier than usual.

(h) ABS Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition key is turned to the ON position. If the anti lock brake system and the brake assist system work properly, the light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light comes on again.

When the ABS warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the antilock brake system, the brake assist system, the traction control system and the vehicle skid control system do not operate, but the brake system still oper- ates conventionally.

When the ABS warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the antilock brake system does not operate so that the wheels could lock up during a sudden braking or braking on slippery road surfaces.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

120 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the parts monitored by the warning light. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- tion, or remains on.

The light comes on while you are driv- ing.

A warning light turning on briefly during operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If the ABS warning light remains on together with the brake system warn- ing light, immediately stop your ve- hicle at a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.

In this case, not only the antilock brake system will fail but also the vehicle will become extremely unsta- ble during braking.

(i) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doors are completely closed.

(j) Rear Light Failure Warning Light

If this light comes on when the headlight switch is turned on, it indicates that one or more of the tail lights are burned out.

If it comes on when the brake pedal is depressed, one or more stop lights are burned out.

Have defective bulbs replaced as soon as possible.

(k) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the igni- tion key is turned to the ON position. After about 6 seconds, the light will go off. This means the system of the air- bags and front seat belt pretensioners are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen- sors, side airbag sensors, drivers seat position sensor, drivers seat belt buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner assem- blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect- ing wiring and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the parts monitored by the warning light system. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- tion or remains on.

The light comes on or flashes while driving.

(l) VSC Warning Light

The light warns that there is a problem somewhere in the vehicle skid control sys- tem or traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignition key is turned to ON, and will go off after about a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, the vehicle skid control system and traction control system do not work. However, as conventional braking operates when ap- plied, there is no problem to continue your driving.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1212003 AVALON (OM41401U)

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer:

The light does not come on after the ignition is turned to on.

The light is left on after the ignition is turned to on.

The light comes on while driving.

The TRAC OFF indicator light will come on when the VSC warning light comes on even if the TRAC OFF switch is not pushed.

(m) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level Warning Light

The light warns that the windshield washer fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at your earliest opportunity. (For instructions, see Adding washer fluid in Section 73.)

(n) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove the key when you open the drivers door with the ignition key in the ACC or LOCK position.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER INDICATORS (except the low fuel level warning light and low windshield washer fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors. The open door warning light should come on.

3. Close the door. The open door warning light should go off.

4. Turn the ignition key to ON, but do not start the engine. All the service reminder indicators ex- cept the open door warning light should come on. The ABS and VSC warn- ing lights, TRAC OFF and slip indica- tor lights go off after a few seconds. The SRS warning light goes off after about 6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn- ing buzzer does not function as described above, have it checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

122 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1232003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake Ignition switch with steering lock 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transmission 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction control system 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle skid control system 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 6

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

124 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

STARTStarter motor on. The key will return to the ON position when released.

For starting tips, see Section 3.

ONEngine on and all accessories on.

This is the normal driving position.

ACCAccessories such as the radio operate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the ACC or LOCK position and open the drivers door, a buzzer will remind you to remove the key.

LOCKEngine is off and the steering wheel is locked. The key can be re- moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn the key from ACC to the LOCK position. The selector lever must be in the P position before pushing the key.

Vehicles with engine immobiliser system Once you remove the key, the engine im- mobiliser system is automatically set. (See Engine immobiliser system in Section 12.)

When starting the engine, the key may seem stuck at the LOCK position. To free it, first be sure the key is pushed all the way in, and then rock the steering wheel slightly while turning the key gently.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked with the ignition switch is set, all doors are automatically unlocked when the igni- tion switch is turned from the ON posi- tion to the ACC or LOCK position. For details, see Automatic door locking and unlocking functions in Section 12.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the ON position if the engine is not running. The battery will discharge and the ignition could be damaged.

Ignition switch with steering lock

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1252003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Your automatic transmission has a shift lock system to minimize the possibility of incorrect operation. This means you can only shift out of P position when the brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition switch in ON position and the lock re- lease button depressed).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on the instrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and key removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Automatic transmission Floor shift type

Overdrive switch

With the brake pedal depressed, shift while holding the lock release button in. (The ignition switch must be in ON position.)

Shift while holding the lock release button in.

Shift normally.

Lock release button To prevent misshifting Selector lever

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

126 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (with overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over- drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch. The O/D OFF indicator light should come on. To turn the overdrive on again, push the switch again. The O/D OFF indicator light should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over- drive on for better fuel economy and quieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over- drive is off and restarted, the overdrive will automatically be on.

When the cruise control is being used, even if you downshift the transmission by pushing and releasing the overdrive switch, engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not can- celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed, see Cruise control in this section.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in How to start the engine in Section 3. The transmission must be in P or N.

2. With your foot holding down the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to D.

When the lever is in the D position, the automatic transmission system will select the most suitable gear for running condi- tions such as normal cruising, hill climb- ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for better fuel economy and quieter driving. If the engine coolant temperature is low, the transmission will not shift into the over- drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera- tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brake pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal slowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linked with the shift position is set, all doors are automatically locked when the selector le- ver is moved out of the P position after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all the doors are closed. For details, see Automatic door locking and unlocking functions in Section 12.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshift the transmission as follows:

Push the overdrive switch. The O/D OFF indicator light will come on and the transmission will downshift to third gear.

Shift into the 2 position. The trans- mission will downshift to second gear when the vehicle speed drops down to or lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), and stronger engine braking will be en- abled.

Shift into the L position. The trans- mission will downshift to first gear when the vehicle speed drops down to or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and maximum engine braking will be en- abled.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1272003 AVALON (OM41401U)

When the cruise control is being used, even if you downshift the transmission by pushing and releasing the overdrive switch, engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not can- celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed, see Cruise control in this section.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on a slippery surface. Abrupt shifting could cause the vehicle to spin or skid.

(e) Using 2 and L positions

The 2 and L positions are used for strong engine braking as described pre- viously.

With the selector lever in 2 or L, you can start the vehicle in motion as with the lever in D.

With the selector lever in 2, the vehicle will start in first gear and automatically shift to second gear.

With the selector lever in L, the trans- mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

Be careful not to overrev the en- gine. Watch the tachometer to keep engine rpm from going into the red zone. The approximate maximum al- lowable speed for each position is given below for your reference:

2 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . . L 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

Do not continue hill climbing or hard towing for a long time in the 2 or L position. This may cause severe automatic transmission dam- age from overheating. To prevent such damage, D position should be used in hill climbing or hard towing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down with your foot, shift the selector lever to the R position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve- hicle is moving.

(g) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal pressed down, fully depress the parking brake pedal to apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down, shift the selector lever to the P posi- tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selector lever into P position under any cir- cumstances while the vehicle is mov- ing. Serious mechanical damage and loss of vehicle control may result.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked with the shift position is set, all doors are automatically unlocked when the selector lever is moved to the P position after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. For details, see Automatic door locking and unlocking functions in Section 12.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

128 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(h) Good driving practice

If the transmission repeatedly shifts up and down between third gear and over- drive when climbing a gentle slope, the overdrive should be turned off. Be sure to turn the switch on immediately after- ward.

When towing a trailer, in order to main- tain engine braking efficiency, do not use overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an up- grade with the accelerator pedal. It can cause the transmission to over- heat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake.

(i) If you cannot shift the selector le- ver out of P position

If you cannot shift the selector lever from the P position even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override button. For instructions, see If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever in Section 4.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1292003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Your automatic transmission has a shift lock system to minimize the possibility of incorrect operation. This means you can only shift out of P position when the brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition switch in ON position and the selector lever pulled toward you).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is displayed on the in- strument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and key removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Column shift type

Overdrive switch Selector lever

With the brake pedal depressed, shift while pilling the selector lever toward you. (The ignition switch must be in ON position.)

Shift while pulling the selector lever toward you.

Shift normally.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

130 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (with overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over- drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch. The O/D OFF indicator light should come on. To turn the overdrive on again, push the switch again. The O/D OFF indicator light should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over- drive on for better fuel economy and quieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over- drive is off and restarted, the overdrive will automatically be on.

When the cruise control is being used, even if you downshift the transmission by pushing and releasing the overdrive switch, engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not can- celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed, see Cruise control in this section.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in How to start the engine in Section 3. The transmission must be in P or N.

2. With your foot holding down the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to D.

When the lever is in the D position, the automatic transmission system will select the most suitable gear for running condi- tions such as normal cruising, hill climb- ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for better fuel economy and quieter driving. If the engine coolant temperature is low, the transmission will not shift into the over- drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera- tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brake pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal slowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linked with the shift position is set, all doors are automatically locked when the selector le- ver is moved out of the P position after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all the doors are closed. For details, see Automatic door locking and unlocking functions in Section 12.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshift the transmission as follows:

Push the overdrive switch. The O/D OFF indicator light will come on and the transmission will downshift to third gear.

Shift into the 2 position. The trans- mission will downshift to second gear when the vehicle speed drops down to or lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), and stronger engine braking will be en- abled.

Shift into the L position. The trans- mission will downshift to first gear When the vehicle speed drops down to or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and maximum engine braking will be en- abled.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1312003 AVALON (OM41401U)

When the cruise control is being used, even if you downshift the transmission by pushing and releasing the overdrive switch, engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not can- celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed, see Cruise control in this section.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on a slippery surface. Abrupt shifting could cause the vehicle to spin or skid.

(e) Using 2 and L positions

The 2 and L positions are used for strong engine braking as described pre- viously.

With the selector lever in 2 or L, you can start the vehicle in motion as with the lever in D.

With the selector lever in 2, the vehicle will start in first gear and automatically shift to second gear.

With the selector lever in L, the trans- mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

Be careful not to overrev the en- gine. Watch the tachometer to keep engine rpm from going into the red zone. The approximate maximum al- lowable speed for each position is given below for your reference:

2 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . . L 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

Do not continue hill climbing or hard towing for a long time in the 2 or L position. This may cause severe automatic transmission dam- age from overheating. To prevent such damage, D position should be used in hill climbing or hard towing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down with your foot, shift the selector lever to the R position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve- hicle is moving.

(g) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal pressed down, fully depress the parking brake pedal to apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down, shift the selector lever to the P posi- tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selector lever into P position under any cir- cumstances while the vehicle is mov- ing. Serious mechanical damage and loss of vehicle control may result.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked with the shift position is set, all doors are automatically unlocked when the selector lever is moved to the P position after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. For details, see Automatic door locking and unlocking functions in Section 12.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

132 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(h) Good driving practice

If the transmission repeatedly shifts up and down between third gear and over- drive when climbing a gentle slope, the overdrive should be turned off. Be sure to turn the switch on immediately after- ward.

When towing a trailer, in order to main- tain engine braking efficiency, do not use overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an up- grade with the accelerator pedal. It can cause the transmission to over- heat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake.

(i) If you cannot shift the selector le- ver out of P position

If you cannot shift the selector lever from the P position even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override button. For instructions, see If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever in Section 4.

The traction control system automatical- ly helps prevent the spinning of front wheels when the vehicle is started or accelerated on slippery road surfaces.

When the ignition key is turned to ON, the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi- tions, full traction of the vehicle and power against front wheels cannot be maintained, even though the traction control system is in operation. Do not drive the vehicle under any speed or maneuvering conditions which may cause the vehicle to lose traction control. In situations where the road surface is covered with ice or snow, your vehicle should be fitted with snow tires or tire chains. Always drive at an appropriate and cautious speed for the present road condi- tions.

Traction control system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1332003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NORMAL DRIVING MODE

Leave the system on during the ordi- nary driving so that it can operate when needed.

You may hear a sound in the engine compartment for a few seconds when the engine is started or just after the vehicle is started. This means that the traction control system is in the selfcheck mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.

When the traction control system is oper- ating, the following conditions occur:

The system controls the spinning of the front wheels. At this time, the slip indi- cator light blinks.

You may feel vibration or noise in your vehicle, caused by operation of the brakes. This indicates the system is functioning properly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a few seconds when the ignition key is turned to ON. If the indicator light does not come on when the ignition is turned on, contact your Toyota dealer. TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE

When getting the vehicle out of mud or new fallen snow, etc., turn off the trac- tion control system. This system that controls engine performance interferes with the process of freeing front wheels.

To turn off: Push TRAC OFF switch.

The TRAC OFF indicator light will come on.

The vehicle skid control system is always activated, even if the traction control sys- tem is turned off.

To turn on: Push TRAC OFF switch once again.

The TRAC OFF indicator light will go off.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

134 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

TRAC OFF indicator light comes on for a few seconds when the ignition key is turned to ON. It will come on again when you push the TRAC OFF switch to turn off the system.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer:

The indicator light does not come on when the ignition key is turned ON.

The indicator light remains on after the ignition is turned on.

The indicator light comes on with the normal driving mode while driving.

VSC warning light

This light warns that there is a problem somewhere in the traction control system or the vehicle skid control system.

The light will come on when the ignition key is turned to ON and will go off after a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, the system does not work. However, as con- ventional braking operates when applied, there is no problem to continue your driv- ing.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer:

The warning light does not come on after the ignition key is turned to ON.

The warning light remains on after the ignition key is turned to ON.

The warning light comes on while driv- ing.

The TRAC OFF indicator light will come on when the VSC warning light comes on even if the TRAC OFF switch is not pushed.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1352003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The vehicle skid control system helps provide integrated control of the sys- tems such as antilock brake system, traction control, engine control, etc. This system automatically controls the brakes and engine to help prevent the vehicle from skidding when cornering on a slippery road surface or operating steering wheel abruptly.

This system will activate when your ve- hicle speed reaches or exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph), and will deactivate when the ve- hicle speed reduced to below 15 km/h (9 mph).

You may hear a sound in the engine compartment for a few seconds when the engine is started or just after the vehicle is started. This means that the system is in the selfcheck mode but does not indi- cate a malfunction.

CAUTION

Do not rely excessively on the ve- hicle skid control system. Even if the vehicle skid control system is operating, you must always drive carefully and attentively to avoid serious injury. Reckless driving will result in an unexpected accident. If the slip indicator light flashes and an alarm sounds, special care should be taken while driving.

Only use tires of specified size. The size, manufacture, brand and tread pattern for all 4 tires should be the same. If you use the tires other than specified, different type or size, the vehicle skid control sys- tem may not function correctly. When replacing the tires or wheels, contact your Toyota dealer. (See Checking and replacing tires in Section 72.)

In situations where the road surface is covered with ice or snow, your vehicle should be fitted with snow tires or tire chains.

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv- ing, the slip indicator light blinks and an alarm sounds intermittently. Special care should be taken while driving.

The slip indicator light comes on for a few seconds when the ignition key is turned to ON. If the indicator light does not come on when the ignition is turned on, contact your Toyota dealer.

Vehicle skid control system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

136 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

VSC warning light

This light warns that there is a problem somewhere in the vehicle skid control sys- tem or the traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignition key is turned to ON and will go off after a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, the system does not work. However, as con- ventional braking operates when applied, there is no problem to continue your driv- ing.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer:

The warning light does not come on after the ignition key is turned to ON.

The warning light remains on after the ignition key is turned to ON.

The warning light comes on while driv- ing.

The TRAC OFF indicator light will come on when the VSC warning light comes on even if the TRAC OFF switch is not pushed.

Type A

Type B

Parking brake

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1372003 AVALON (OM41401U)

When parking, firmly apply the parking brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Fully depress the parking brake pedal. For better holding power, first de- press the brake pedal and hold it while setting the parking brake. To release: Depress the parking brake pedal while depressing the brake pedal.

To remind you that the parking brake is set, the parking brake reminder light in the instrument panel remains on until you release the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parking brake is fully released and the park- ing brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control allows you to cruise the vehicle at a desired speed over 40 km/h (25 mph) with your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained although a slight speed change may occur when driving up or down gradient, within the limits of engine performance. On steeper hills, a greater speed change will occur so it is better to drive without the cruise control.

When the cruise control is on, the driving pattern of the automatic transmission is fixed in the normal position, regardless of the position of the selector switch.

CAUTION

To help maintain maximum control of your vehicle, do not use the cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic, or on slip- pery (rainy, icy or snowcovered) or winding roads.

Avoid vehicle speed increases when driving downhill. If the vehicle speed is too fast in relation to the cruise control set speed, cancel the cruise control then downshift the transmission to use engine braking to slow down.

Cruise control

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

138 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

TURNING ON THE SYSTEM

To operate the cruise control, push ON/ OFF button. This turns the system on. The indicator light in the instrument clus- ter shows that you can now set your de- sired cruising speed. Another push will turn the system completely off.

When the ignition key is turned off, the system automatically turned off. To use the cruise control again, push ON/OFF button again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en- gagement, keep the cruise control system off when not using the cruise control.

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

The transmission must be in D before you set the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed, push COAST SET button and release it. This sets the vehicle at that speed. If the speed is not satisfactory, push RES ACC button for a faster speed, or push SET COAST button for a slower speed. Each push changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1392003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If you need accelerationfor example, when passingdepress the accelerator pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed the set speed. When you release it, the vehicle will return to the speed set prior to the acceleration.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Depressing the brake pedal.

b. Pushing CANCEL button and releas- ing it.

c. Pushing ON/OFF button.

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will be automatically cancelled.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10 mph) below the preset speed, the preset speed will be also automatically cancelled.

If the preset speed automatically cancels out for any other reasons, have your ve- hicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push RES ACC button and hold it. Re- lease the button the desired speed is at- tained. While the button is pushed, the vehicle will gradually gain speed.

When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by pushing RES ACC button quickly within 0.6 seconds.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac- celerate the vehicle and then push COAST SET button.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push COAST SET button and hold it. Release the button when the desired speed is attained. While the button is pushed, the vehicle speed will gradually decrease.

When the difference is 5 km/h (3 mph) or more, the vehicle will cruise with its actu- al speed. When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by pushing COAST SET button quickly within 0.6 seconds.

However, a faster way to reset is to de- press the brake pedal and then push COAST SET button.

Even if you turn off the overdrive switch with the cruise control on, engine braking will not be applied because the cruise control is not cancelled. To decrease the vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed with the cruise control button or depress the brake pedal. If you use the brake pedal, cruise control is cancelled.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by push- ing CANCEL button or by depressing the brake pedal, pushing RES ACC button will restore the speed set prior to can- cellation. However, once the vehicle speed falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If CRUISE indicator light in the instru- ment cluster flashes when using the cruise control, push ON/OFF button to turn the system off and then push it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc- curs, there is some trouble in the cruise control system.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

140 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The indicator light does not come on.

The indicator light flashes again.

The indicator light goes out after it comes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyota dealer and have your vehicle inspected.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1412003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Car audio system Reference 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Car audio system operating hints 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 7

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

142 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Type 1: AMFM ETR radio/cassette player/ compact disc player (with compact disc auto changer controller)

Type 2: AMFM ETR radio/cassette player/ compact disc auto changer

This section describes some of the basic features on Toyota audio systems. Some information may not pertain to your sys- tem.

Your audio system works when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push PWRVOL to turn the audio system on and off.

Push AM, FM, TAPE or CD to turn on that function without pushing PWRVOL.

You can turn on each player by inserting a cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejecting the cassette tape or compact disc. If the audio system was previously off, then the entire audio system will be turned off when you eject the cassette tape or com- pact disc. If the another function was pre- viously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push AM, FM, TAPE or CD if the system is already on but you want to switch from one function to another.

Reference Using your audio system Some basics

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1432003 AVALON (OM41401U)

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your systems tone and balance controls, see the description of your own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds to you is largely determined by the mix of the treble, midrange, and bass levels. In fact, different kinds of music and vocal programs usually sound better with differ- ent mixes of treble, midrange and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereo channels and of the front and rear sound levels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening to a stereo recording or broadcast, changing the right/left balance will increase the vol- ume of one group of sounds while de- creasing the volume of another.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

Your vehicle has an antenna printed on the inside of the rear window.

NOTICE

Attaching the film (especially conduc- tive or metallic type) on the rear win- dow will noticeably reduce the sensi- tivity of the radio.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposed tape should face to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player and do not insert anything other than cas- sette tapes into the slot, or the tape player may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

When you insert a disc, gently push it in with the label side up. (The player will automatically eject a disc if the label side is down.) The compact disc player will play from track 1 through the end of the disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil any part of the compact disc player. Do not insert anything except a compact disc into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

144 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

YOUR COMPACT DISC AUTO CHANGER (type 2)

When you insert a disc, push the LOAD button and gently push the disc in with the label side up. (The player will auto- matically eject a disc if the label side is down.) The compact disc auto changer will play from track 1 through the end of the disc. Then it will play from track 1 of the next disc.

The changer is intended for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE

Do not stack up two discs for in- sertion, or it will cause damage to the compact disc auto changer. In- sert only one compact disc into slot at a time.

Never try to disassemble or oil any part of the compact disc player. Do not insert anything except a com- pact disc into the slot.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1452003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Details of specific buttons, controls, and features are described in the alphabetical listing that follows.

Controls and features Type 1

Preset buttons

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

146 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Preset buttons

These buttons are used to preset and tune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in the desired station. (See TUNE or SEEK button.) Push and hold down the button until you hear a beepthis will set the station to the button. The button num- ber will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push the button for the station you want. The but- ton number and station frequency will ap- pear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and two FM stations for each button. (The display will show AM, FM1 or FM2 when you push AM FM.)

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button to eject a cassette. Push the compact disc eject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to LOCK, you will be able to eject a cassette or disc, but you will not be able to reinsert it.

(Reverse/Fast forward button)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast for- ward a cassette tape. will appear on the display. Push the reverse button to rewind a tape. will appear on the display.

To stop the tape while it is fast forward- ing, push the fast forward button or TAPE; to stop the tape while it is re- winding, push the reverse button or TAPE.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas- sette player will stop and then play that same side. If a tape fast forwards com- pletely, the cassette player will play the other side of the tape, using the autore- verse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reverse through a compact disc track, push and hold in the fast forward or reverse button. When you release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.

AM

Push AM to turn on the radio and select the AM band. AM will appear on the display.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing AM. Also, push AM to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control and mode adjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function

This knob is used to adjust the tone manually.

For lowpitch tone adjustment, push AUDIO CTRL / MODE repeatedly until BASS appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from BASS 5 to BASS 5.

For middlepitch tone adjustment, push AUDIO CTRL / MODE repeatedly until MID appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from MID 5 to MID 5.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1472003 AVALON (OM41401U)

For highpitch tone adjustment, push AUDIO CTRL / MODE repeatedly until TREB appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from TREB 5 to TREB 5.

Sound balance adjustment function

This knob is also used to adjust the sound balance between the front and rear, and the right and left speakers.

For front/rear adjustment, push AUDIO CTRL / MODE repeatedly until FADE appears on the display. Then turn the knob to adjust the front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from FADE FRONT 7 to FADE REAR 7.

For left/right adjustment, push AUDIO CTRL / MODE repeatedly until BAL ap- pears on the display. Then turn the knob to adjust the left/right balance.

The display will show the range from BAL LEFT 7 to BAL RIGHT 7.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push CD to switch from radio or cas- sette operation to compact disc operation. If the audio system is off, you can turn on the compact disc player by pushing CD. In both cases, a disc must already be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the track or, track and disc number currently being played. Each time you push CD, the system changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys- tem will display one of the six following error messages.

If WAIT appears on the display, it indi- cates that the inside of the player unit may be too hot due to the very high ambi- ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag- azine from the player and allow the player to cool down.

If Err 1 appears on the display, it indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it was inserted upside down. Clean the disc or insert it correctly.

If Err 2 appears on the display, it indicates no disc is loaded inside the magazine. Insert a disc.

If Err 3 or Err 4 appears on the display, it indicates there is a trouble in- side the system. Eject the disc or maga- zine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If OPEn appears on the display, it indicates the compact disc auto changer lid is open. Close the compact disc auto changer lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

Compact disc auto changer only

By using this button, you can select a disc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until the number of the disc you want to listen to appears on the display.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

148 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Dolby B NR

If you are listening to a tape that was recorded with Dolby B Noise Reduction, push the button marked with the doubleD symbol. The doubleD symbol will appear on the display. Push the button again to turn off Dolby B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc- tion, play your tapes with this button on or off according to the mode used for recording the tape. : Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. DOLBY and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.

FM

Push FM to turn on the radio and select the FM band. FM1 or FM2 will appear on the display. This system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each but- ton.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing FM. Also, push FM to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

PROG (Program)

Push to select the other side of a cassette tape. The display indicates which side is currently selected ( indicates

top side, indicates bottom side).

Autoreverse feature: After the cassette player reaches the end of a tape side, it automatically reverses and begins to play the other side. This is true whether the cassette was playing or fast forwarding.

PWRVOL (Power and Volume)

Push PWRVOL to turn the audio system on and off. Turn PWRVOL to adjust the volume.

RND (Random)

There are two random featuresyou can either listen to the tracks on all the com- pact discs in the magazine in random or- der, or only listen to the tracks on a specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc: Quickly push and release . will appear on the display. The disc you are listening to will play in random order. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will play all the tracks in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.

Compact disc auto changer only

To randomly play all the tracks in the magazine: Push and hold until you hear a beep. will appear on the display and the player will perform all the tracks on all the discs in the magazine in ran- dom order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push while the track is playing. will appear on the display. When the track ends, it will automatically be rewound and replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks in order for the re- peat feature to work correctly.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1492003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat featuresYou can either replay a disc track or a whole com- pact disc.

Repeating a track: Quickly push and release while the track is playing. will appear on the display. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will repeat the whole disc. When the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This pro- cess will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

Compact disc auto changer only

Repeating a disc: Push and hold until you hear a beep. will appear on the display. The player will repeat all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. When the disc ends, the player will automatically go back to the top track of the disc and replay. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the re- peat feature.

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies on a band or scan only the preset stations for that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold SCAN until you hear a beep. The radio will tune in the next pres- et station up the band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then move to the next pre- set station. To select a station, push SCAN again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release SCAN. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the radio will scan the preset sta- tions. The radio will find the next station up the station band, stay there for 5 se- conds, and then scan again. To select a station, push SCAN again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan featuresyou can ei- ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or scan the first tracks of all the discs in the magazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc: Quickly push and release SCAN. SCAN will appear on the display and the player will scan all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will scan the first track of all the discs in the magazine. To select a track, push SCAN again. If the player scanned all the tracks on the disc, it will stop scan- ning.

Compact disc auto changer only

Scanning the first track of all the discs in the magazine: Push SCAN until you hear a beep.

SCAN will appear on the display

and the player will perform the first track of the next disc. To select a disc, push the SCAN again. If the player has scanned all the discs, it will stop scan- ning.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

150 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds and plays the next station up or down the station band.

To seek the next station, quickly push and release the or side of SEEK. Do this again to find the station after that.

If you push and hold the or side of SEEK, the radio will continue seeking up or down for stations and will stop at the next station that it finds after the but- ton is released. on reception. Press the button again to resume the search.

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button. From SEEK +9 to SEEK 9 will appear on the display.

Next, push either side of the track button until the number on the display reaches the number of tracks you want to skip. If you push the button ten times, the skip feature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks you want to rewind, remember to count the current track as well. For example, if you want to rewind to a song that is two be- fore the song you are listening to, push on the down side of the button until REW 3 appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button more than you wanted to, push the other side of the button. The track number will be reduced.

The track number you select is not valid if it is higher than the number of tracks remaining on the current cassette side.

After the beginning of the tape is reached, the player will automatically start playing the same side.

After the end of the tape is reached, the player will automatically reverse sides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks for the track button to work correctly. In addition, the feature may not work well with some spoken word, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereo reception when a stereo broadcast is re- ceived. ST appears on the display. If the signal becomes weak, the radio reduces the amount of channel separation to prev- ent the weak signal from creating noise. If the signal becomes extremely weak, the radio switches from stereo to mono recep- tion.

TAPE

Push TAPE to switch from radio or com- pact disc operation to cassette operation. If the audio system is off, you can turn on the cassette player by pushing TAPE. In both cases, a cassette must already be loaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button): Compact disc player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

Push either side of the track button until the number of the track you want to listen to appears on the display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, push the down side of the button one time, quickly.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1512003 AVALON (OM41401U)

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio (ETR). Push and release the or side of TUNE to step up or down the station band. Do this again to find another frequency.

If you push and hold the or side of TUNE, the radio will continue seeking up or down for frequencies and will stop at the next frequency that it finds after the button is released. Press the button again to resume the search.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

152 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Details of specific buttons, controls, and features are described in the alphabetical listing that follows.

Type 2

Preset buttons

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1532003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Preset buttons

These buttons are used to preset and tune in radio stations. These preset but- tons are programmable only when RDS is not selected.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in the desired station. (See TUNE or SEEK button.) Push and hold down the button until you hear a beepthis will set the station to the button. The preset but- ton number will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push the button for the station you want. The pre- set button number and station frequency will appear on the display.

This radio can store one AM and two FM stations for each button. (The display will show AM, FM1 or FM2 when you push AM FM.)

(Eject button)

Cassette tape

This button is used to eject a cassette.

While the ignition is in LOCK, you can eject a cassette but you cannot reinsert it.

Compact disc

This button is used to eject one or all compact discs. To eject the current com- pact disc, push and release the compact disc eject button. To eject all specific discs, push either side of the DISC but- ton until the number of the disc you want to eject is displayed. Push and release the eject button. To eject all discs, press and hold the eject button until you hear a beep. The last compact disc played be- fore pushing the button will be ejected first. If the ejected disc is not removed for a long time, the eject function will be cancelled.

While the ignition is in LOCK, you can eject one or all discs but you cannot rein- sert them.

(Reverse/Fastforward button)

Cassette Player

Push the fastforward button to fastfor- ward a cassette tape. will appear on the display. Push the reverse button to

rewind a tape. will appear on the display.

To stop the tape while it is fastforward- ing, push the fastforward button or TAPE; to stop the tape while it is re- winding, push the reverse button or TAPE.

If a tape rewinds completely, the cassette player will stop and then play that same side. If a tape fastforwards completely, the cassette will play the other side of the tape using the autoreverse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fastforward or reverse a compact disc track, push and hold the fastforward or reverse button. When you release the button, the compact disc play- er will resume playing.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

154 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

AM

Push AM to turn on the radio and select the AM band. AM will appear on the display.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing AM. Also, push AM to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to AM.

AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control and mode adjustment)

Each time you push the AUDIO CONTROL knob, the mode changes. To adjust the tone and balance, turn the knob.

BASS: Adjusts lowpitched tones. The dis- play ranges from 5 to 5.

MID: Adjusts midpitched tones. The dis- play ranges from 5 to 5.

TREBLE: Adjusts highpitched tones. The display ranges from 5 to 5.

BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance be- tween the right and left speakers. The display ranges from 7 to 7.

FADER: Adjusts the sound balance be- tween the front and rear speakers. The display ranges from 7 to 7.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push CD while in radio or cassette mode to switch to compact disc mode. If the audio system is off, pressing CD will turn on the compact disc player. A disc must be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the track or, track and disc number currently being played.

If the player or another unit equipped with the player malfunctions, your audio system will display one of the six following error messages.

Error codes

WAIT: The compact disc player unit may be too hot due to temperature. Allow the player to cool down.

ERR 1: The disc may be dirty, damaged or inserted incorrectly (upside down). Clean disc and reinsert.

ERR 2: The compact disc player is empty. Load disc and retry.

ERR 3 or ERR 4: This indicates in- ternal error. Reload discs.

OPEn: The compact disc auto changer lid is open. Close the compact disc auto changer lid.

If the malfunction still exists, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

By using this button, you can select a disc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until the number of the disc you want to listen appears on the display.

Dolby B NR

If you are listening to a tape that was recorded with Dolby B Noise Reduction, push the button marked with the doubleD symbol. The doubleD symbol will appear on the display. Push the button again to turn off Dolby B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc- tion, play your tapes with this button on or off according to the mode used for recording the tape. : Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. DOLBY and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1552003 AVALON (OM41401U)

FM

Push FM to turn on the radio to FM band. FM1 or FM2 will appear on the display. This system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each of the six preset button.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing FM. Also, push FM to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to FM.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compact discs in the compact disc auto changer which is integrated with the radio and cas- sette player. This compact disc auto changer can store up to 6 discs.

The key must be in the ACC or ON position for the load function.

Loading one compact disc only

To load one compact disc only, quickly push and release the button. If you hold the button too long (if the audio system is on at this time, you hear a beep.), the mechanism will change to the mode for loading multiple compact discs. After pushing the button, insert a compact disc. After the disc is loaded, the shutter of the slot will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter will close after 15 seconds.

Loading multiple compact discs

To load multiple compact discs, push and hold the button (until you hear a beep when the audio system is on). After push- ing the button, insert the first compact disc. After the disc is loaded, the shutter of the slot will close. After a few seconds, the shutter will automatically open again so the next disc can be inserted. The same process can be applied for loading the rest of the discs.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter will close after 15 seconds.

MSG (Message)

This button is operational only in RDS mode.

When an RDS radio station transmits a text message, MSG will be displayed. At this time, push MSG button to view the text message. The message display will be canceled if any button that affects the display is pushed. To view the message again, push the MSG button again. After the entire message has been displayed, the message will disappear.

The RDS audio system has memory to store three 64 character messages. To store a message in memory, push and hold the MSG button until you hear a beep.

If 3 messages are already stored in memory, the oldest message will be over- written by the new message.

To recall a radio text message, push the MSG button momentarily. This will dis- play the most recent message. A second push of the MSG button while the most stored message(s) are displayed begins with the newest one.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

156 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If no messages have been stored, or if there are no more messages to be re- called, NO MSG STORED will appear on the display, and the message display will be canceled. The display then returns to show the program service name. The message display will be canceled if you activate any function that affects the dis- play. Message display can be canceled by pressing any of the following buttons: AM, FM, CD, TAPE, LOAD, SEEK, TUNE, any preset, SCAN, any audio control, RDS, SRCH, or . If the current station is not a traffic program and traffic announcements is off, pushing TRAF will cancel the dis- play. The message will be canceled after the entire message has been displayed.

PROG (Program)

The button switches the side of the cassette being played. The display in- dicates which side is currently selected ( indicates top side, indicates bot- tom side).

Autoreverse feature: After the cassette reaches the end of a tape, it automatically reverses and begins to play the other side. This feature works both in play and fastforward mode.

(Program Types)

This button is operational only in RDS mode.

This button is used for program type (PTY) search of RDS stations. 32 program types are available as listed here.

By pushing this button, RDS turns on in FM mode and RDS will be displayed. If the program type search is not already performed, the radio will start a program type search (see SRCH for details). If a program type search has already been performed, the last active program type will be tuned.

If you are already in FM type mode and a program type is not already being dis- played, pushing this button will recall the display for the current program type.

After a program type is being displayed, subsequent pushes of this button within 3 seconds will toggle through the available program types. Pushing the right or left arrows repeatedly will increment or decre- ment the display through the available pro- gram types in alphabetical order.

Program Type List

The following program type names are available. After a program type search, the radio will display one of the following program types for 3 seconds, then the program type name for 3 seconds (if available). After that, it will display the first 8 characters of the program service name of the current station.

Program types included are

Adlt Hit (Adult Hits)

Alert! (Emergency message)

Classicl (Classical)

Cls Rock (Classic Rock)

College

Country

Inform (Information)

Jazz

Language

News

Nostalga (Nostalgia)

Oldies

Persnlty (Personality)

Public

R & B (Rhythm and Blues)

Rel Musc (Religious Music)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1572003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Rel Talk (Religious Talk)

Rock

Soft

Soft R&B (Soft Rhythm and Blues)

Soft Rck (Soft Rock)

Sports

Talk

Test (Emergency Test)

Top 40

Weather

PWRVOL (Power and Volume)

Push PWRVOL to turn the audio system on and off. Turn PWRVOL to adjust the volume.

RDS (Radio Data System)

Your audio system is equipped with Radio Data Systems (RDS). RDS mode provides you to receive text messages from radio stations that utilize RDS transmitters.

If the FM radio, cassette player or com- pact disc player is on, pushing this button will turn RDS on or off.

When RDS is on, the radio can select only stations of a particular pro- gram type, seek to stations with traffic announce- ments, display messages from radio stations, search for a stronger signal station, receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies (even if RDS function is turned off)

RDS features are available for use only on FM stations which broadcast RDS in- formation.

ALERT: This type of announcement warns of national or local emergencies. You will not be able to turn off alert announce- ments. Alert announcements will come on even if RDS mode is turned off. Alert! appears on the display when an alert an- nouncement plays. The radio uses TA vol- ume during these announcements. When an alert announcement comes on the tuned radio station or a related network station, you will hear it even if the volume is muted or a cassette tape or compact disc is playing. If the radio tunes to a related network station for an alert an- nouncement, it will return to the original station when the announcement is fin- ished. If the cassette tape or compact disc player is playing, play will stop for the announcement and resume when the announcement is finished.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

158 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

RND (Random)

There are two random featuresyou can either listen to the tracks on all the com- pact discs in the magazine in random or- der, or only listen to the tracks on a specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc: Quickly push and release . will appear on the display. The disc you are listening to will play in random order. If you hear a beep, the player will play all the tracks in the magazine in random or- der. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.

To randomly play all the tracks in the magazine:

Push and hold until you hear a beep. will appear on the display and the player will perform all the tracks on all the discs in the magazine in ran- dom order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push while the track is playing. will appear on the display. When the track ends, it will automatically rewind and replay. To turn off the repeat feature, push this button again.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks in order for the re- peat feature to work correctly.

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat featuresYou can either replay a disc track or a whole com- pact disc.

Repeating a track:

Quickly push and release while the track is playing. will appear on the display. If you hear a beep, the player will repeat the whole disc. When the track ends, it will automatically replay. To turn off the repeat feature, push this button again.

Repeating a disc:

Push and hold until you hear a beep. will appear on the display. The player will repeat all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. When the disc ends, the player will automatically go back to the top track of the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat feature, push this but- ton again.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1592003 AVALON (OM41401U)

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies on a band or scan only the preset stations for that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold SCAN until you hear a beep. The radio will tune in the next pres- et station up the band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then move to the next pre- set station. To select a station, push SCAN again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release SCAN. The radio will find the next station up the sta- tion band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then scan again to the next preset. To select a station, push SCAN again. If you hear a beep, the radio will scan the preset stations.

Compact disc player

There are two scan featuresyou can ei- ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or scan the first tracks of all the discs in the magazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc: Quickly push and release SCAN. SCAN will appear on the display and the player will scan all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. If you hear a beep, the player will scan the first track of all the discs in the magazine. To select a track, push SCAN again. If the player scanned all the tracks on the disc, it will stop scanning.

Scanning the first track of all the discs in the magazine: Push SCAN until you hear a beep. DSCAN will appear on the display and the player will scan the first track of the next disc. To select a disc, push the SCAN again. If the player has scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds and plays the next station up or down the station band.

To seek the next station, quickly push and release the or side of SEEK. Do this again to find the station after that.

If you push and hold the or side of SEEK, the radio will continue seeking up or down for stations and will stop at the next station that it finds after the but- ton is released. Press the button again to resume the search.

Cassette Player

By using this button you can skip up or down to locate a song or recording.

You can select up to 9 recordings (includ- ing current one).

A blank space of at least 3 seconds is considered to be a start of a recording.

When a beginning of a tape is reached, the player automatically resumes play.

When the end of the tape is reached, the player automatically reverses sides and resumes normal play.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

160 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

In addition, the feature may not work well with some spoken word, live, or classical recordings.

SRCH (Search)

This feature is available only in RDS mode.

This button allows you to search all avail- able RDS stations out of the entire FM band and sort them by program type (see for details on program types).

By pushing this button, RDS is turned on if it was off (RDS will display). The radio is switched to FM type mode. During the program type search, SEARCHING.... will show on the display. Also at this time, FM and TYPE will appear on the dis- play to indicate that the preset buttons are for program type.

After searching for all available RDS sta- tions, the radio will activate the previously used program type. If the previously used program type is not available, or if the radio has not yet performed a program type search, the radio will activate the first available program type, in alphabeti- cal order, that has stations in memory. The radio will preset the stations of the current program type into the preset but- tons.

If more than 6 stations of a program type are found, the radio will create a second bank of presets, such as Rock 1 and Rock 2. These are accessible through the button. If more than 12 stations are found, the radio will load the 12 strongest stations signal of the program type into the presets.

After the search is complete, the radio will display the number of RDS stations found for 3 seconds: for example, Found 19 RDS. The radio will then display the se- lected program type for 3 seconds: for example, ROCK. After the program type has been displayed for 3 seconds, the radio will display the program type name for 3 seconds. After that, the radio will display the program service name.

Day mode (headlights off): The radio will only display the number of presets that have a frequency for the selected program type. For example, if program type Rock is selected, and there are three rock sta- tions, only preset numbers 1, 2 and 3 will be displayed. The remaining preset num- bers will not be displayed and the remain- ing preset button(s) will have no function.

Night mode (headlights on): In addition to the display described for day mode, the radio will illuminate the jewels of the pre- sets that have stations available. The re- maining preset button(s) will have no func- tion.

A type search in progress can be can- celed by pushing the following buttons: SEEK, TUNE, SCAN, AM, FM, any preset button, CD (if CD mode is avail- able), TAPE (if tape mode is available), RDS, SRCH, , TRAF, or LOAD. If any of these but- tons is pressed, the search will be can- celed and the appropriate function started. Inserting a tape will also cancel the search.

If no RDS stations are found, FOUND 0 RDS will display and the radio will return to the previous FM mode and frequency.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereo reception when a stereo broadcast is re- ceived. ST appears on the display. If the signal becomes weak, the radio reduces the amount of channel separation to prev- ent the weak signal from creating noise. If the signal becomes extremely weak, the radio switches from stereo to mono recep- tion.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1612003 AVALON (OM41401U)

TAPE

Push TAPE to switch from radio or com- pact disc operation to cassette operation. If the audio system is off, you can turn on the cassette player by pushing TAPE. In both cases, a cassette must already be loaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button): Compact disc player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

Push either side of the track button until the number of the track you want to listen to appears on the display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, quickly push the down side of the button one time.

TRAF (Traffic)

This feature is available only in RDS mode.

This button turns the traffic announcement (TA) feature on and off.

By pushing this button, RDS is turned on if it was off (RDS will display), and traf- fic announcement feature is on. TRAF appears on the display when the radio is tuned to a traffic station. When the traffic announcement feature is on, < > will be displayed ( ).

If the current station is not a traffic sta- tion, the radio will start a traffic program search in increasing frequency order. Dur- ing a traffic program search, Seek Traffic will display. If no traffic programs are found, No Traf Info will display.

If the radio receives a traffic announce- ment, it will interrupt the cassette player or compact disc mode (if either one was on), adjust the volume to Traffic An- nouncement level, and broadcast the traf- fic announcement. During a traffic an- nouncement, TRAFFIC will appear on the display. After traffic announcement, it will return to the previous mode and volume level.

TA volume memory functionThe volume level when receiving the traffic announce- ment is memorized.

When TA is received next time, the sys- tem compares the volume before TA is received and the memorized TA volume and automatically selects the louder vol- ume. However, the range of volume memory is limited: if the volume received previously is less than the minimum, this volume will be used.

You can adjust the volume independently from the memorized TA volume range while receiving a TA station.

Traffic announcement can be canceled by turning RDS off, or pressing the TRAF button again.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio (ETR). Push and release the or side of TUNE to step up or down the station band. Do this again to find another frequency.

If you push and hold the or side of TUNE, the radio will continue seeking up or down for frequencies and will stop at the next frequency that it finds after the button is released. Press the button again to resume the search.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

162 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NOTICE

To ensure correct audio system op- erations:

Be careful not to spill beverages over the audio system.

Do not put anything other than a cassette tape or Compact Disc into the slot.

The use of a cellular phone inside or near the vehicle may cause a noise from the speakers of the au- dio system which you are listening to. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio reception does not mean there is a problem with your radioit is just the normal result of conditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terrain can interfere with FM reception. Power lines or telephone wires can interfere with AM signals. The farther you are from a station, the weaker its signal will be. In addition, reception conditions change constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob- lems that you may experience.

FM

Fading and drifting stationsGenerally, the effective range of FM is about 40 km (25 miles). Once outside this range, you may notice fading and drifting, which increase with the distance from the radio transmit- ter. They are often accompanied by distor- tion.

MultipathFM signals are reflective, making it possible for two signals to reach your antenna at the same time. If this happens, the signals will cancel each oth- er out, causing a momentary flutter or loss of reception.

Static and flutteringThese occur when signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or other large objects. Increasing the bass level may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swappingIf the FM signal you are listening to is interrupted or weak- ened, and there is another strong station nearby on the FM band, your radio may tune in the second station until the origi- nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

FadingAM broadcasts are reflected by the upper atmosphereespecially at night. These reflected signals can interfere with those received directly from the radio sta- tion, causing the radio station to sound alternately strong and weak.

Station interferenceWhen a reflected sig- nal and a signal received directly from a radio station are very nearly the same frequency, they can interfere with each other, making it difficult to hear the broad- cast.

StaticAM is easily affected by external sources of electrical noise, such as high tension power lines, lightening, or electri- cal motors. This results in static.

Car audio system operating hints

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1632003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER AND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas- sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu- larly.

A dirty tape head or tape path can decrease sound quality and tangle your cassette tapes. The easiest way to clean them is by using a cleaning tape. (A wet type is recommended.)

Use highquality cassettes.

Lowquality cassette tapes can cause many problems, including poor sound, inconsistent playing speed, and constant autoreversing. They can also get stuck or tangled in the cassette player.

Do not use a cassette if it has been damaged or tangled or if its label is peeling off.

Do not leave a cassette in the player if you are not listening to it, especially if it is hot outside.

Store cassettes in their cases and out of direct sunlight.

Avoid using cassettes with a total play- ing time longer than 100 minutes (50 minutes per side). The tape used in these cassettes is thin and could get stuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER AND DISCS

Your compact disc player is intended for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

Extremely high temperatures can keep your compact disc player from working. On hot days, use the air conditioning to cool the vehicle interior before you listen to a disc.

Bumpy roads or other vibrations may make your compact disc player skip.

If moisture gets into your compact disc player, you may not hear any sound even though your compact disc player appears to be working. Remove the disc from the player and wait until it dries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisible laser beam which could cause hazard- ous radiation exposure if directed outside the unit. Be sure to operate the player correctly.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

164 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Use only compact discs marked as shown above. CDR (CDRecordable), CDRW (CDRewritable) and personal computer use CDROMs may not be playable on your compact disc player.

Special shaped discs

Low quality discs

Labeled discs

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the changer or player, do not use special shaped, low quality or labeled discs such as those shown in the illustrations.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1652003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Correct Wrong

Handle compact discs carefully, espe- cially when you are inserting them. Hold them on the edge and do not bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints on them, particularly on the shiny side.

Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, or other disc damage could cause the player to skip or to repeat a section of a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the disc up to the light.)

Remove discs from the compact disc player when you are not listening to them. Store them in their plastic cases away from moisture, heat, and direct sunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a soft, lintfree cloth that has been damp- ened with water. Wipe in a straight line from the center to the edge of the disc (not in circles). Dry it with another soft, lintfree cloth. Do not use a conventional record cleaner or antistatic device.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

166 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1672003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Air conditioning system Manual air conditioning system

Controls 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic air conditioning system Controls 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side vents 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air conditioning filter 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 8

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

168 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Temperature selector (mainly for driver and secondarily for front passenger)

2. Air intake selector

3. A/C button

4. Temperature selector (mainly for front passenger and secondarily for driver)

5. Air flow selector

6. Fan speed selector

Manual air conditioning system Controls

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1692003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speedto the right to increase, to the left to de- crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

Knowledge for the twotemperature se- lector operation

This air conditioning system has two inde- pendent temperature selectors: left and right (for the use of driver and front pas- senger respectively).

There are cases where the temperature of the airflow may not accurately corre- late on the driver and front passenger side according to circumstances, even if the left and right temperature selec- tors are set at the same temperature. If this situation occurs, use the fine tune operation to adjust the air temper- ature on one side.

Note: This manual dual temperature se- lectors should generally only be used as independent temperature settings for the left and right.

There are cases where one or both of the airflow temperatures may not accu- rately correlate with the set tempera- ture according to circumstances, when the airflow temperature settings on the left and right are substantially different. For example, if the left controller is set at central or neutral temperature while the right one is set at maximum heat- ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa. If this situation occurs, use the fine tune operation to adjust the air temper- ature on each side.

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used for air flow.

1. PanelAir flows mainly from the instrument panel vents.

2. BilevelAir flows from both the floor vents and the instrument panel vents.

When you set the temperature selector setting at about the center, warm air flows out of the floor vents and rela- tively lowtemperature air flows out of the center and side vents.

3. FloorAir flows mainly from the floor vents.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

170 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

4. Floor/WindshieldAir flows mainly from the floor vents and windshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to the floor/windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

This position allows the air intake to select FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in- take selector button once again.

Press the A/C button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

5. WindshieldAir flows mainly from the windshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to the windshield position turns on the defog- ging function with the purpose of clear- ing the front view.

This position allows the air intake to select FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in- take selector button once again.

Press the A/C button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings, see Air flow selector settings de- scribed below.

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source. An indicator light will illuminate to show which air intake mode is being selected.

1. RecirculateRecirculates the air inside the vehicle.

2. FreshDraws outside air into the sys- tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield, the air intake mode may change automati- cally to FRESH depending on the condi- tion of the air conditioning system.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1712003 AVALON (OM41401U)

A/C button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the A/C button. The A/C button indicator will come on. To turn the air conditioning off, press the button again.

If the A/C button indicator flashes, there is a problem in the air conditioning system and the air conditioning automatically shuts off. If this happens, take your ve- hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

172 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To cool off your Toyota after it has been parked in the hot sun, drive with the windows open for a few minutes. This vents the hot air, allowing the air conditioning to cool the interior more quickly.

Make sure the air intake grilles in front of the windshield are not blocked (by leaves or snow, for example).

On humid days, do not blow cold air on the windshield. The windshield could fog up because of the difference in air temperature on the inside and outside of the windshield.

Keep the area under the front seats clear to allow air to circulate through- out the vehicle.

On cold days, set the fan speed to high for a minute to help clear the intake ducts of snow or moisture. This can reduce the amount of fogging on the windows.

When driving on dusty roads, close all windows. If dust thrown up by the ve- hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake selector be set to FRESH and the fan speed selector to any setting except OFF.

Air flow selector settings

On some models

Operating tips

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1732003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If following another vehicle on a dusty road, or driving in windy and dusty conditions, it is recommended that the air intake selector be temporarily set to RECIRCULATE, which will close off the outside passage and prevent outside air and dust from entering the vehicle interior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speedAny setting except OFF TemperatureTowards WARM

(red zone) Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowFLOOR Air conditioningOFF

For quick heating, select recirculated air for a few minutes. To keep the windows from fogging, select fresh af- ter the vehicle interior has been warmed.

Press the A/C button on for dehumidi- fied heating.

Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat the vehicle interior while defrosting or defogging the windshield.

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speedAny setting except OFF TemperatureTowards COLD

(blue zone) Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowPANEL Air conditioningON

For quick cooling, select recirculated air for a few minutes.

Ventilation

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speedAny setting except OFF TemperatureTowards COLD

(blue zone) Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowPANEL Air conditioningOFF

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

174 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Defogging

The inside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speedAny setting except OFF TemperatureTowards WARM

(red zone) to heat; COLD (blue zone) to cool

Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowWINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind- shield or floor/windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind- shield or floor/windshield position, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Press the A/C button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

On humid days, do not blow cold air on the windshieldthe difference be- tween the outside and inside tempera- tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speedAny setting except OFF TemperatureTowards WARM

(red zone) Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowWINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind- shield or floor/windshield position turns on the defrosting function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind- shield or floor/windshield position, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Press the A/C button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

To heat the vehicle interior while de- frosting the windshield, choose floor/windshield air flow.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1752003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. AUTO button

2. OFF button

3. Air intake selector

4. Windshield air flow button

5. A/C button

6. DUAL button

7. Temperature selector (Only for the independent mode that display shows DUAL; mainly for front passenger and secondarily for driver)

8. MODE button (air flow selector)

9. Fan speed selector

10. Temperature selector (At the independent mode that display shows DUAL; mainly for driver and secondarily for front passenger) (At the linked mode that display does not show DUAL; for driver)

Automatic air conditioning system Controls

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

176 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

AUTO button

For automatic operation of the air condi- tioning, press the AUTO button. AUTO will appear on the display to show that the automatic operation mode has been selected.

In the automatic operation mode, the air conditioning selects the most suitable fan speed, air flow, air intake and onoff of the air conditioning according to the tem- perature.

When you press the AUTO button with the air intake mode at FRESH, internal circulation may be applied for maximum cooling.

You may use manual controls if you want to select your own settings.

To turn off the automatic operation, press the OFF button.

Fan speed selector

Push the > (increase) or < (decrease) side of the button to adjust the fan speed.

In automatic operation, you do not have to adjust the fan speed unless you desire another fan speed mode.

Temperature selector

To increase the temperature, press the side, to decrease it, press the side.

MAX. COLD appears when you adjust to maximum cooling, and MAX. HOT when you adjust to maximum warming.

The temperature display changes between C and F when the unit of the outside temperature display is changed.

DUAL button

This switch is used to set the tempera- tures independently for the drivers seat and front passenger seat.

Pushing the button changes the mode from independent and linked.

Independent mode: Temperatures can be set independently for the drivers seat and front passengers seat. DUAL will appear on the display to show that the indepen- dent mode has been selected.

Linked mode: The same temperature is set for the drivers seat and front passen- gers seat.

When the temperature for the front pas- sengers seat is changed in linked mode, the mode is changed automatically to in- dependent mode.

Knowledge for the twotemperature se- lector operation

This air conditioning system has two inde- pendent temperature selectors: left and right (for the use of driver and front pas- senger respectively).

There are cases where the temperature of the airflow may not accurately corre- late on the driver and front passenger side according to circumstances, even if the left and right temperature selec- tors are set at the same temperature. If this situation occurs, use the fine tune operation to adjust the air temper- ature on one side.

There are cases where one or both of the airflow temperatures may not accu- rately correlate with the set tempera- ture according to circumstances, when the airflow temperature settings on the left and right are substantially different. For example, if the left controller is set at central or neutral temperature while the right one is set at maximum heat- ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa. If this situation occurs, use the fine tune operation to adjust the air temper- ature on each side.

OFF button

Push the OFF button to turn off the air conditioning system.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1772003 AVALON (OM41401U)

MODE button (air flow selector)

Push the MODE button to select the vents used for air flow.

In automatic operation, you do not have to select the air flow unless you desire another air flow mode.

1. PanelAir flows mainly from the instrument panel vents.

2. BilevelAir flows from both the floor vents and the instrument panel vents.

When you set the temperature selector setting at about the middle in automatic operation, warm air flows out of the floor vents and relatively lowtempera- ture air flows out of the center and side vents.

3. FloorAir flows mainly from the floor vents.

4. Floor/WindshieldAir flows mainly from the floor vents and windshield vents.

Use with the air intake selector posi- tioned in FRESH.

For details about air flow selector settings, see Air flow selector settings de- scribed below.

Windshield air flow button

When this button is pressed, air flows mainly from the windshield vents and turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

Pressing this button once again returns the air flow mode to the last one used.

This button allows the air intake to select FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly. If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Press the A/C button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

178 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

For details about air flow selector settings, see Air flow selector settings de- scribed below.

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source. The air intake mode which is being se- lected is shown on the display.

1. RecirculateRecirculates the air inside the vehicle.

2. FreshDraws outside air into the sys- tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield, the air intake mode may change automati- cally to FRESH depending on the condi- tion of the air conditioning system.

For example, when the ambient tempera- ture is low, the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH. This is not a malfunction.

A/C button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the A/C button. The A/C button indicator will come on. To turn the air conditioning off, press the button again.

If the A/C button indicator flashes, there is a problem in the air conditioning system and the air conditioning automatically shuts off. If this happens, take your ve- hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1792003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To cool off your Toyota after it has been parked in the hot sun, drive with the windows open for a few minutes. This vents the hot air, allowing the air conditioning to cool the interior more quickly.

Make sure the air intake grilles in front of the windshield are not blocked (by leaves or snow, for example).

On humid days, do not blow cold air on the windshield. The windshield could fog up because of the difference in air temperature on the inside and outside of the windshield.

Keep the area under the front seats clear to allow air to circulate through- out the vehicle.

On cold days, set the fan speed to high for a minute to help clear the intake ducts of snow or moisture. This can reduce the amount of fogging on the windows.

When driving on dusty roads, close all windows. If dust thrown up by the ve- hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake selector be set to FRESH and the fan speed selector to any setting except OFF.

On some models

Air flow selector settings Operating tips

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

180 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If following another vehicle on a dusty road, or driving in windy and dusty conditions, it is recommended that the air intake selector be temporarily set to RECIRCULATE, which will close off the outside passage and prevent outside air and dust from entering the vehicle interior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

For automatic operation

Press in the AUTO button. TemperatureTo the desired

temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air conditioningOFF

For manual operation

Fan speedTo the desired fan speed TemperatureTowardshigh temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowFLOOR Air conditioningOFF

For quick heating, select recirculated air for a few minutes. To keep the windows from fogging, select fresh af- ter the vehicle interior has been warmed.

Press the A/C button on for dehumidi- fied heating.

Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat the vehicle interior while defrosting or defogging the windshield.

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls to:

For automatic operation

Press in the AUTO button. TemperatureTo the desired

temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air conditioningON

For manual operation

Fan speedTo the desired fan speed TemperatureTowards low temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowPANEL Air conditioningON

For quick cooling, select recirculated air for a few minutes.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1812003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Ventilation

For best results, set controls to:

For automatic operation

Press in the AUTO button. TemperatureTowards low temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air conditioningOFF

For manual operation

Fan speedTo the desired fan speed TemperatureTowards low temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowPANEL Air conditioningOFF

Defogging and defrosting

The inside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

For automatic operation

TemperatureTowardshigh temperature to heat;low temperature to cool

Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowWINDSHIELD

For manual operation

Fan speedTo the desired fan speed TemperatureTowardshigh temperature

to heat;low temperature to cool

Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowWINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow button turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but- ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto- matically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Press the A/C button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

On humid days, do not blow cold air on the windshieldthe difference be- tween the outside and inside tempera- tures could make the fogging worse.

The outside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

For automatic operation

TemperatureTowards high temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowWINDSHIELD

For manual operation

Fan speedTo the desired fan speed TemperatureTowards high temperature Air intakeFRESH (outside air) Air flowWINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow button turns on the defrosting function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but- ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto- matically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

182 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Press the A/C button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

To heat the vehicle interior while de- frosting the windshield, choose floor/windshield air flow.

If air flow control is not satisfactory, check the side vents. The side vents may be opened or closed as shown.

This air conditioning system has a high efficient air refiner filter which helps eliminate dust and pollen, thereby in- creasing your driving comfort.

The air conditioning filter is set behind the glove box.

Side vents Air conditioning filter

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1832003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The filter information label is placed on the inside of the glove box as shown.

CHECKING AND REPLACING AIR CONDITIONING FILTER

The air conditioning filter may clog after long use. The filter may need to be re- placed if the air flow of the air conditioner and heater experiences extreme reductions in operating efficiency, or if the windows become to fog up easily.

Perform filter replacement periodically.

Period of replacement (expected): For U.S.A.Every 22500 miles For CanadaEvery 16000 km

Notes: This is the normal maintenance period. This may change depending on operating conditions.

If the symptoms of air conditioning efficiency problems occur, contact your Toyota dealer to have the filter checked and replaced.

(Actual replacement time: Less than 10 minutes approximately)

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the air condi- tioning filter by yourself. Doing so may damage the vehicle.

INFORMATION

The air filter should be installed prop- erly in position. The use of air condi- tioning with the air filter removed may cause deteriorated dustproof per- formance and then affect air condi- tioning performance.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

184 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1852003 AVALON (OM41401U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Other equipment Multiinformation display 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside temperature display 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cigarette lighter and ashtray 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlet 196. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Garage door opener 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary box 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front cup holder 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cup holder 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1 9

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

186 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Outside temperature display

2. Clock

3. Compass

4. Calendar

5. Cruise information display

6. LIGHT button

7. MODE button

8. RESET/ADJ button

9. DISPLAY button

Multiinformation display

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1872003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Operate the multiinformation display with the ignition switch on.

When the ignition switch is turned to ON, the last previously used mode dis- played just before the ignition switch is turned off will appear.

If the electrical power source has been disconnected from the multiinformation display, the display will automatically be set to the initial mode.

When the instrument panel lights are turned on, the brightness of the display will be reduced.

LIGHT button

This button is used to select the illumi- nation pattern of the display.

Every time you push the LIGHT button, the display illuminates in the following or- der.

1. All the parts of the display are illumi- nated.

2. Clock, outside temperature display and compass are illuminated.

3. Illumination is off.

MODE and RESET/ADJ buttons

These buttons are used to select the item to be reset or adjusted.

Every time you push the MODE button, the display toggles in the following order.

1. Hour

2. Minute

3. Year

4. Month

5. Day

6. English or metric unit selection of the outside temperature display and cruise information display

7. Compass deviation calibration (zone)

8. Compass circling calibration

Before using the multiinformation display

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

188 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

When the item desired to be corrected appears, reset or adjust it by pushing the RESET/ADJ button.

DISPLAY button

This button is used to toggle the func- tions of the cruise information display.

Every time you push the DISPLAY but- ton, the display toggles.

For more details, see Cruise information display.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while the vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust the display only when the vehicle is stopped.

The digital clock indicates the time.

If the electrical power source has been disconnected, the time display will auto- matically be set to 1:00 a.m.

To reset the hour: Push the MODE but- ton until the hour display appears and blinks. Then push the RESET/ADJ but- ton. To reset the minutes: Push the MODE button until the minute display appears and blinks. Then push the RESET/ADJ button.

After resetting the clock, push the MODE button until the display returns to normal calendar mode.

The digital calendar indicates the date.

If the electrical power source has been disconnected, the calendar display will au- tomatically be set to THU JAN 1.

To reset the year: Push the MODE but- ton until the year display appears and blinks. Then push the RESET/ADJ but- ton. (After the year 2021 appears, the number returns to 2002.) To reset the month: Push the MODE button until the month display appears and blinks. Then push the RESET/ADJ but- ton. To reset the day: Push the MODE button until the day display appears and blinks. Then push the RESET/ADJ button.

Clock Calendar

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1892003 AVALON (OM41401U)

After resetting the calendar, push the MODE button until the display returns to normal calendar mode.

The outside temperature display indi- cates outside air temperatures.

To set the unit, push the MODE button until the unit display appears and blinks. Then push the RESET/ADJ button to se- lect C or F. (At this time, cruise information and air conditioning displays also change.)

After setting the unit, push the MODE button until the display returns to normal calendar mode.

Outside temperature display Cruise information display

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

190 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The cruise information display indicates the following information.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption

2. Average fuel consumption after refuel- ing

3. Average vehicle speed

4. Driving range

5. Driving time

Every time you push the DISPLAY but- ton, the display toggles through this infor- mation.

The displayed values in the cruise infor- mation display indicate general driving conditions. Accuracy varies with driving habits and road conditions.

If the electrical power source has been disconnected, the display will automatically be set to instantaneous fuel consumption.

To set the unit, push the MODE button until the unit display appears and blinks. Then push the RESET/ADJ button to se- lect km/liter or mile/gallon. (At this time, the outside temperature and air condition- ing displays also change.)

After setting the unit, push the MODE button until the display returns to normal calendar mode.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption (INST ECON)

The instantaneous fuel consumption is calculated and displayed based on driv- ing distance and fuel consumption for 2 seconds with the engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 2 seconds.

Note that an accurate figure may not be shown in the following cases.

When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running, the display will indicate the extremely high fuel consumption.

When the vehicle is driving down a long slope, applying the engine brake, the display will indicate the extremely low fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the ignition switch is turned off.

2. Average fuel consumption after re- fueling (AVG ECON)

Average fuel consumption after refuel- ing is calculated and displayed based on total driving distance and total fuel consumption with the engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 10 seconds.

To reset the calculations, push the RESET/ADJ button.

The calculation is reset when the ignition switch is turned off.

3. Average vehicle speed (AVG SPEED)

Average vehicle speed is calculated and displayed based on total driving dis- tance and total driving time with the engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 10 seconds.

To reset the calculations, push the RESET/ADJ button.

The calculation is reset when the ignition switch is turned off.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1912003 AVALON (OM41401U)

4. Driving range (FUEL RANGE)

The distance the vehicle can travel with the remaining fuel is calculated and displayed based on the quantity of re- maining fuel and past fuel consumption.

The displayed value is updated every time when the fuel equivalent for 1 km is con- sumed.

Every time you refuel the vehicle, the driving range calculation is automatically reset.

The actual driving range varies with driv- ing habits and road conditions. If fuel con- sumption is good, the driving range will be longer. If fuel consumption is poor, the driving range will be shorter.

5. Driving time (TRIP TIME)

The elapsed time after the engine starts is displayed.

When the engine is started, driving time is counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99 hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed. When the driving time exceeds 99:59, the counter returns to 0:00.

To reset the calculations, push the RESET/ADJ button.

The calculation is reset when the ignition switch is turned off.

The compass indicates the direction that the vehicle is heading. In the above case, it shows that the vehicle is heading south.

Displays Directions

N NE E

SE S

SW W

NW

North Northeast

East Southeast

South Southwest

West Northwest

Compass

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

192 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions:

The vehicle is stopped immediately af- ter turning.

The compass does not adjust while the vehicle is stopped.

The ignition switch is turned off imme- diately after turning.

The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

The vehicle is in a place where the earths magnetic field is subject to in- terference by artificial magnetic fields (underground parking, under a steel tower, between buildings, roof parking, near a crossing, near a large vehicle, etc.).

The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a magnet or a metal object on or near the roof.)

The battery has been disconnected.

The compass works to calibrate the direc- tion automatically while the vehicle is in motion, if deviation is small.

For additional precision or for complete calibrating, see CALIBRATING THE COMPASS below.

Compass sensor

NOTICE

Do not put magnets or a metal object on or near the roof of the vehicle. Doing this may cause malfunction of the compass sensor.

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation calibration)

The direction display on the compass deviates from the true direction deter- mined by the earths magnetic field. The angle of deviation varies according to the geographic position of the vehicle.

To adjust for this deviation, stop the ve- hicle and push the MODE button several times until ZONE XX appears on the calendar display. Then push the RESET/ ADJ button, referring to the following map to select the number of the zone where the vehicle is.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1932003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Zone number

After calibration, push the MODE button several times until the calendar display returns to the normal mode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while the vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust the display only when the vehicle is stopped.

Hawaii, Samoa: 5 Guam, Saipan: 8

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

194 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling calibration)

Sometimes the direction display on the compass may not change after a turn. To rectify this, stop the vehicle and push the MODE button several times until COMPASS appears and blinks on the display. Then push the RESET/ADJ but- ton. CALIBRATE appears and blinks to- gether with the compass display.

Drive the vehicle in a circle until the blink- ing stops. If there is not enough space to drive in a circle, drive around the block until the blinking stops.

When the compass and the calendar dis- play return to normal mode, calibration is complete.

If you want to cancel the calibration be- fore it is complete, push the MODE but- ton again.

Perform circling calibration just after you have purchased your Toyota. And then always perform circling calibration after the battery has been removed, re- placed or disconnected.

Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the earths magnetic field is subject to in- terference by artificial magnetic fields (underground parking, under a steel tower, between buildings, roof parking, near a crossing, near a large vehicle, etc.).

During calibration, do not operate elec- tric systems (moon roof, power win- dows, etc.) as they may interfere with the calibration.

CAUTION

When doing the circling calibration, be sure to secure a wide space, and watch out for people and ve- hicles in the neighborhood. Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling calibration.

Do not adjust the display while the vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust the display only when the vehicle is stopped.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1952003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The digital clock indicates the time.

The key must be in the ON position.

To reset the hour: Push the MODE but- ton until the hour display blinks. Then push the ADJ button. To reset the minutes: Push the MODE button until the minute display blinks. Then push the ADJ button.

If the electrical power source has been disconnected from the clock, the time dis- play will automatically be set to 1:00 (one oclock).

When the instrument panel lights are turned on, the brightness of the time in- dication will be reduced.

The outside temperature display indi- cates the outside air temperatures with the ignition key at the ON position.

When the instrument panel lights are turned on, the brightness of the display will be reduced.

To change the display between C to F, push the MODE button until the display blinks. Then push the ADJ button to select C or F.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat

Clock Outside temperature display Cigarette lighter and ashtray

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

196 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

To use the cigarette lighter, first open the ashtray lid, then press in the light- er. After it finishes heating up, it auto- matically pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the key must be in the ACC position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or equivalent for replacement.

ASHTRAY

With bucket front seatTo use the ash- tray, push the lid to open.

With bench type front seatTo use the ashtray, pull the lid to open.

When finished with your cigarette, thor- oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre- vent other cigarette butts from catching fire. After using the ashtray, push it back in completely.

To remove the ashtray, open the ashtray lid and pull it out.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, always completely close the ashtray after use.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat

Power outlet (12 VDC)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1972003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The power outlet is designed for power supply for car accessories.

The key must be in the ACC or ON position for the power outlet to be used.

NOTICE

To prevent the fuse from being blown, do not use the electricity over the total vehicle capacity of 12 VDC/120W.

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

Close the power outlet lid when the power outlet is not in use. Inserting a foreign object other than the ap- propriate plug that fits the outlet, or allowing any liquid into the out- let may cause electrical failure or short circuits.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat

This power outlet is designed for use as a power supply for electric ap- pliances in the vehicle.

The key must be in the ON position for the power outlet to be used.

The maximum capacity for this power out- let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to use an appliance that requires more than 115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit will activate and cut the power supply. The power supply will restart automatically when you use an appliance that operates within the 115 VAC/100W limits.

Power outlet (115 VAC)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

198 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Main switch

To use the power outlet, push the main switch on the instrument panel.

An indicator light will illuminate to indicate that the power outlet is ready for use.

Push the main switch once again to turn the power outlet off. When the power out- let is not in use, make sure that the main switch is turned off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

Close the power outlet lid when the power outlet is not in use. Inserting a foreign object other than the ap- propriate plug that fits the outlet may cause electrical failure or short circuits.

The power outlet is not designed for the following electric appliances even though their power consumption is un- der 115 VAC/100W. These appliances may not operate properly.

Appliances with high initial peak watt- age: cathoderay tube type televisions, compressordriven refrigerators, electric pumps, electric tools, etc.

Measuring devices which process pre- cise data: medical equipment, measur- ing instruments, etc.

Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply: microcomputer controlled electric blankets, touch sen- sor lamps, etc.

Certain electrical appliances may cause radio noise.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

1992003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To use the glove box, do this.

To open: Pull the lever.

With the instrument panel lights on, the glove box light will come on when the glove box is open.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn it clockwise.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving.

The garage door opener (HomeLink

Universal Transceiver) is manufactured under license from HomeLink and can be programmed to operate garage doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems, and security systems, etc.

(a) Programming the HomeLink

The HomeLink in your vehicle has 3 buttons and you can store one program for each button.

To ensure correct programming into the HomeLink, install a new battery in the handheld transmitter prior to program- ming.

The battery side of the handheld trans- mitter must be pointed away from the HomeLink during the programming pro- cess.

For Canadian users, follow the procedure in Programming an entrance gate/Pro- gramming all devices in the Canadian market.

1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink buttons you want to program.

2. Place your handheld garage transmit- ter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away from the surface of the HomeLink.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink

in view while programming.

Glove box Garage door opener

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

200 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

3. Simultaneously press and hold the handheld garage transmitter button along with the selected HomeLink but- ton.

4. When the indicator light on the HomeLink changes from a slow to a rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can release both buttons.

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink by pressing the newly programmed button. If programming a garage door opener, check to see if the garage door opens and closes.

If the garage door does not operate, iden- tify if your garage transmitter is of the Rolling Code type. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button. The ga- rage door has the rolling code feature if the indicator light (on the HomeLink) flashes rapidly and then remains lit after 2 seconds. If your garage transmitter is the Rolling Code type, proceed to the heading Programming a rolling code sys- tem.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each re- maining HomeLink button to program another device.

Programming a rolling code system

If your device is Rolling Code equipped, it is necessary to follow steps 1 through 4 under the heading Programming the HomeLink before proceeding with the steps listed below.

1. Locate the training button on the ceil- ing mounted garage door opener motor. The exact location and color of the button may vary by brand of garage door opener. Refer to the owners guide supplied by the garage door opener manufacturer for the location of this training button.

2. Press the training button on the ceil- ing mounted garage door opener motor.

Following this step, you have 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3 below.

3. Press and release the vehicles pro- grammed HomeLink button twice. The garage door may open. If the door does open, the programming process is complete. If the door does not open, press and release the button a third time. This third press and release will complete the programming process by opening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door opener motor should now recognize the HomeLink unit and be able activate the garage door up/down.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each re- maining HomeLink button to program another rolling code system.

Programming an entrance gate/Program- ming all devices in the Canadian market

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink but- tons you want to program.

2. Place your handheld gate/device transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away from the surface of the HomeLink.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink

in view while programming.

3. Press and hold the selected HomeLink button.

4. Continuously press and release (cycle) the handheld gate/device transmitter button every two seconds until step 5 is complete.

5. When the indicator light on the HomeLink changes from a slow to a rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can release both buttons.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2012003 AVALON (OM41401U)

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink by pressing the newly programmed button. Check to see if the gate/device oper- ates correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each re- maining HomeLink button to program another device.

Programming other devices

To program other devices such as home security systems, home door locks or lighting, contact your authorized Toyota dealer for assistance.

Reprogramming a button

Individual HomeLink buttons cannot be erased, however, to reprogram a single button, follow the procedure Programming the HomeLink.

(b) Operating the HomeLink

To operate the HomeLink, press the appropriate HomeLink button to activate the programmed device. The HomeLink

indicator light should come on. The HomeLink continues to send the signal for up to 20 seconds as long as the button is pressed.

(c) Erasing the entire HomeLink

memory (all three programs)

To erase all previously programmed codes at one time, press and hold down the 2 outside buttons for 20 seconds until the indicator light flashes.

If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erase the programs stored in the HomeLink

memory.

CAUTION

When programming the HomeLink

Universal Transceiver, you may be operating a garage door or other device. Make sure people and ob- jects are out of the way of the ga- rage door or other device to pre- vent potential harm or damage.

Do not use this HomeLink Univer- sal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as re- quired by federal safety standards. (This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982.) A garage door open- er which cannot detect an object (signaling the door to stop and re- verse), does not meet current feder- al safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases risk of serious injury or death.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

202 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

FCC ID: CB2V94800 CANADA: 1763 102 264

This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interfer- ence that may be received, including interference that may cause undersired operation.

WARNING: This transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC/MPAC rules. Changes or modifi- cations not expressly approved by the partly responsible for compliance could void the users authority to op- erate the device.

To use the box, push the lid to open.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the auxiliary box closed while driving.

NOTICE

During hot weather, the interior of the vehicle becomes very hot. Do not leave anything flammable or deform- able such as a lighter, glasses, etc. inside.

Auxiliary box (type A)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2032003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To use the box, pull on the handle.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the auxiliary box closed while driving.

To use the box, pull down the armrest, pull up the lock release lever and open the lid.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the auxiliary box closed while driving.

To use the box, pull up the lock release lever and open the lid.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the auxiliary box closed while driving.

Auxiliary box (type B) Auxiliary box (type C) Auxiliary box (type D)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

204 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To maximize the storage room, remove the cup holder by pushing the side fac- ing at its upright position.

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drinkcans securely.

To use the cup holder, push on the lid.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other than cups or drinkcans on the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the cup holder closed when it is not in use.

Front cup holder (type A)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2052003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drinkcans securely.

To use the cup holder, pull down the arm- rest, pull up the lock release lever and open the lid.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other than cups or drinkcans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the cup holder closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when the cup holder is pulled out.

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drinkcans securely.

To use the cup holder, pull down the arm- rest.

Front cup holder (type B) Rear cup holder (type A)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

206 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other than cups or drinkcans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the cup holder closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when the cup holder is pulled out.

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drinkcans securely.

To use the cup holder, open the armrest lid by pulling up the lock release lever and pull out the cup holder. Then close the armrest lid.

CAUTION

Do not leave the armrest lid open, especially when the cup holder holds a scalding hot drink. If the lid is forcibly pulled up, the drink may spill over the seat occupants.

When the cup holder is in use, the armrest lid must be securely closed with the lock engaged.

Do not place anything else other than cups or drinkcans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

Rear cup holder (type B)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2072003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the cup holder closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when the cup holder is pulled out.

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have a hole, then it is designed for use with a locking clip. Fix the floor mat with locking clip into the hole in the floor carpet.

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properly placed on the floor carpet. If the floor mat slips and interferes with the movement of the pedals during driv- ing, it may cause an accident.

Floor mat

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

208 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2092003 AVALON (OM41401U)

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR TOYOTA Breakin period 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threeway catalytic converters 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iridiumtipped spark plugs 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage stowage precautions 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyotas identification 220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

210 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaborate breakin. But following a few simple tips for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add to the future economy and long life of your vehicle:

Avoid full throttle acceleration when starting and driving.

Avoid racing the engine.

Try to avoid hard stops during the first 300 km (200 miles).

Do not drive for a long time at any single speed, either fast or slow.

Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un- leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mixups, your Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening. The special nozzle on pumps with un- leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan- dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will not.

At a minimum, the gasoline you use should meet specifications of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5M93 in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of leaded gasoline will cause the three way catalytic converter to lose its ef- fectiveness and the emission control system to function improperly. Also, this can increase maintenance costs.

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc- tane Number 91) or higher. For im- proved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded gasoline with an Oc- tane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or higher is recommended.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating or research octane number lower than stated above will cause persistent heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will lead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even when using the recommended fuel, or if you hear steady knocking while holding a steady speed on level roads, consult your Toyota dealer.

However, now and then, you may notice light knocking for a short time while accel- erating or driving up hills. This is no need of concern.

Breakin period Fuel

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2112003 AVALON (OM41401U)

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENT ADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to avoid buildup of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S. contains detergent additives to keep clean and/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S., Europe and Japan have developed a specification for quality fuel named WorldWide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that is expected to be applied world wide. The WWFC consists of three categories that depend on required emission lev- els. In the U.S., category 3 has been adopted. The WWFC improves air quali- ty by providing for better emissions in vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction through better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re- formulated gasoline that contains oxy- genates such as ethanol or MTBE is available in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline and appropriately blended reformulated gasoline. These types of gas- oline provide excellent vehicle perfor- mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im- prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenate blended gasoline where the oxygenate content is up to 10% ethanol or 15% MTBE. If you use gasohol in your Toyota, be sure that it has an octane rating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en- hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy- clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con- taining MMT is used, your emission con- trol system may be adversely affected. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in- strument cluster may come on. If this hap- pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser- vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experience driveability problems caused by the partic- ular gasoline that you are using. If you continue to have unacceptable driveability, try changing gasoline brands. If this does not rectify your problem, then consult your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not use gasohol other than stated above. It will cause fuel sys- tem damage or vehicle performance problems.

If driveability problems occur (poor hot starting, vaporizing, engine knock, etc.), discontinue the use.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

212 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Take care not to spill gasohol dur- ing refueling. Gasohol may cause paint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

If you plan to drive your Toyota in another country...

First, comply with the vehicle registration laws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor- rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octane number).

The threeway catalytic converter is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the exhaust gas.

CAUTION

Keep people and combustible mate- rials away from the exhaust pipe while the engine is running. The exhaust gas is very hot.

Do not drive, idle or park your ve- hicle over anything that might burn easily such as grass, leaves, paper or rags.

Operation in foreign countries Threeway catalytic converters

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2132003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gases flowing into the threeway catalytic converter may cause it to overheat and create a fire hazard. To prevent this and other damage, observe the following precautions:

Use only unleaded gasoline.

Do not drive with an extremely low fuel level; running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, creat- ing an excessive load on the three way catalytic converter.

Do not allow the engine to run at idle speed for more than 20 min- utes.

Avoid racing the engine.

Do not pushstart or pullstart your vehicle.

Do not turn off the ignition while the vehicle is moving.

Keep your engine in good running order. Malfunctions in the engine electrical system, electronic ignition system/distributor ignition system or fuel system could cause an ex- tremely high threeway catalytic converter temperature.

If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, take your vehicle in for a checkup as soon as possible. Remember, your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle and its threeway catalytic converter sys- tem best.

To ensure that the threeway cata- lytic converter and the entire emis- sion control system operate proper- ly, your vehicle must receive the periodic inspections required by the Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For scheduled maintenance information, refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supple- ment.

CAUTION

Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust. It contains carbon monoxide, which is a colorless and odorless gas. It can cause unconsciousness or even death.

Make sure the exhaust system has no holes or loose connections. The system should be checked from time to time. If you hit something, or notice a change in the sound of the exhaust, have the system checked immediately.

Do not run the engine in a garage or enclosed area except for the time needed to drive the vehicle in or out. The exhaust gases cannot escape, making this a particularly dangerous situation.

Do not remain for a long time in a parked vehicle with the engine run- ning. If it is unavoidable, however, do so only in an unconfined area and adjust the heating or cooling system to force outside air into the vehicle.

Engine exhaust cautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

214 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Keep the trunk lid closed while driving. An open or unsealed trunk lid may cause exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle.

To allow proper operation of your vehicles ventilation system, keep the inlet grilles in front of the wind- shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth- er obstructions.

If you smell exhaust fumes in the vehicle, drive with the windows open and the trunk lid closed. Have the cause immediately located and corrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions of lubricating and cooling the inside of the engine, and plays a major role in main- taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con- sume some engine oil during normal engine operation. The causes of oil consumption in a normal engine are as follows.

Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil is left on the cylinder wall when a pis- ton moves downwards in the cylinder. High negative pressure generated when the vehicle is decelerating sucks some of this oil into the combustion chamber. This oil as well as some part of the oil film left on the cylinder wall is burned by the high temperature combustion gases during the combustion process.

Oil is also used to lubricate the stems of the intake valves. Some of this oil is sucked into the combustion chamber together with the intake air and is burned along with the fuel. High tem- perature exhaust gases also burn the oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve stems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de- pends on the viscosity of the oil, the quality of the oil and the conditions the vehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by highspeed driv- ing and frequent acceleration and decel- eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, since its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls have not become conditioned.

When judging the amount of oil con- sumption, note the that oil may become diluted and make it difficult to judge the true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used for repeated short trips, and consumes a nor- mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not show any drop in the oil level at all, even after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This is because the oil is gradually becoming diluted with fuel or moisture, making it appear that the oil level has not changed.

Facts about engine oil consumption

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2152003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The diluting ingredients evaporate out when the vehicle is then driven at high speeds, as on an expressway, making it appear that oil is excessively consumed after driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK

One of the most important points in prop- er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en- gine oil at the optimum level so that oil function will not be impaired. Therefore, it is essential that the oil level be checked regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil level be checked every time you refuel the vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularly could lead to serious engine trouble due to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check, see Checking the engine oil level in Sec- tion 72.

Your engine is fitted with iridiumtipped spark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridiumtipped spark plugs and do not adjust gaps for your en- gine performance and smooth drive- ability.

The tandem master cylinder brake system is a hydraulic system with two separate subsystems. If either subsystem should fail, the other will still work. However, the pedal will be harder to press, and your stopping distance will be longer. Also, the brake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only a single brake system. Have your brakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum to powerassist the brakes. If the engine should quit while you are driving, you can bring the vehicle to a stop with normal pedal pressure. There is enough reserved vacuum for one or two stopsbut no more!

Iridiumtipped spark plugs Brake system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

216 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls. Each push on the pedal uses up your reserved vacu- um.

Even if the power assist is com- pletely lost, the brakes will still work. But you will have to push the pedal hard, much harder than nor- mal. And your braking distance will be longer.

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (with ABS warning light)

The antilock brake system is designed to help prevent lockup of the wheels during a sudden braking or braking on slippery road surfaces. This assists in providing directional stability and steer- ing performance of the vehicle under these circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brake pedal: When the antilock brake system function is in action, you may feel the brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise. In this situation, to let the antilock brake system work for you, just hold the brake pedal down more firmly. Do not pump the brake in a panic stop. This will result in reduced braking performan- ce.

The antilock brake system becomes op- erative after the vehicle has accelerated to a speed in excess of approximately 10 km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the vehicle decelerates to a speed below approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slippery road surfaces such as on the manhole cover, the steel plate under the construc- tion, joints in the bridge, etc. on a rainy day tends to activate the antilock brake system.

You may hear a click or motor sound in the engine compartment for a few seconds when the engine is started or just after the vehicle is started. This means that the antilock brake system is in the self check mode, and does not indicate a mal- function.

When the antilock brake system is ac- tivated, the following conditions may occur. They do not indicate a malfunc- tion of the system:

You may hear the antilock brake sys- tem operating and feel the brake pedal pulsating and the vibrations of the ve- hicle body and steering wheel. You may also hear the motor sound in the engine compartment even after the ve- hicle is stopped.

At the end of the antilock brake sys- tem activation, the brake pedal may move a little forward.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2172003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the antilock brake system: Although the antilock brake system assists in providing ve- hicle control, it is still important to drive with all due care and maintain a moderate speed and safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, be- cause there are limits to the vehicle stability and effectiveness of steering wheel operation even with the anti lock brake system on.

If tires grip performance exceeds its capability, or if hydroplaning occurs during high speed driving in the rain, the antilock brake system does not provide vehicle control.

Antilock brake system is not de- signed to shorten the stopping dis- tance: Always drive at the moderate speed and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Compared with vehicles without an antilock brake system, your vehicle may require a longer stopping dis- tance in the following cases:

Driving on rough, gravel or snow covered roads.

Driving with tire chains installed.

Driving over the steps such as the joints on the road.

Driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has other differ- ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size at appropriate pressure: The antilock brake system detects vehicle speeds using the speed sensors for respec- tive wheels turning speeds. The use of tires other than specified may fail to detect the accurate turning speed resulting in a longer stopping dis- tance.

Type A

Type B

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

218 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

ABS warning light

The light comes on when the ignition key is turned to the ON position. If the anti lock brake system and the brake assist system work properly, the light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light comes on again.

When the ABS warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the antilock brake system, the brake assist system, the traction control system and the vehicle skid control system do not operate, but the brake system still oper- ates conventionally.

When the ABS warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the antilock brake system does not operate so that the wheels could lock up during a sudden braking or braking on slippery road surfaces.

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the parts monitored by the warning light. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- tion, or remains on.

The light comes on while you are driv- ing.

A warning light turning on briefly during operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If the ABS warning light remains on together with the brake system warn- ing light, immediately stop your ve- hicle at a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.

In this case, not only the antilock brake system will fail but also the vehicle will become extremely unsta- ble during braking.

DRUMINDISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM

Your vehicle has a drumindisc type parking brake system. This type of brake system needs beddingdown of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed- dingdown.

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM

When you slam the brakes on, the brake assist system judges as an emer- gency stop and provides more powerful braking for a driver who cannot hold down the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow- erful braking will be applied. At this time, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment and feel the vibration of the brake pedal. This does not indicate a mal- function.

The brake assist system becomes opera- tive after the vehicle has accelerated to a speed in excess of approximately 10 km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the vehicle decelerates to a speed below approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

For an explanation of this systems warn- ing light, see Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers in Section 15.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2192003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The brake pad wear limit indicators on your disc brakes give a warning noise when the brake pads are worn to where replacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noise while driving, have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro- tor damage can result if the pads are not replaced when necessary.

When stowing luggage or cargo in the vehicle, observe the following:

Put luggage or cargo in the trunk when at all possible. Be sure all items are secured in place.

Be careful to keep the vehicle bal- anced. Locating the weight as far for- ward as possible helps maintain bal- ance.

For better fuel economy, do not carry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

Never allow anyone to ride in the enlarged trunk. It is not designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly fastened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer seri- ous bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking or a collision.

Do not place anything on the pack- age tray behind the rear seatback. Such items may be thrown about and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or an accident.

Do not drive with objects left on top of the instrument panel. They may interfere with the drivers field of view. Or they may move during sharp vehicle acceleration or turn- ing, and impair the drivers control of the vehicle. In an accident they may injure the vehicle occupants.

NOTICE

Do not load the vehicle beyond the vehicle capacity weight specified in Section 8.

Brake pad wear limit indicators Luggage stowage precautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

220 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your vehicle. This number is on the left top of the instrument panel, and can be seen through the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is also on the Certification Label.

The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.

Your Toyotas identification Vehicle identification number Engine number

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2212003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Your new vehicle carries theft preven- tion labels which are approximately 56 mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reduce the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat- ing the tracing and recovery of parts from stolen vehicles. The label is designed so that once it is applied to a surface, any attempt to remove it will result in destroy- ing the integrity of the label. Transferring these labels intact from one part to anoth- er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove the theft prevention labels as it may vio- late certain state or federal laws.

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassis with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It can cause dangerous handling charac- teristics, resulting in loss of control.

Make sure what kind of tires your ve- hicle is originally equipped with.

1. Summer tires

Summer tires are highspeed capability tires best suited to highway driving under dry conditions.

Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as snow tires, sum- mer tires are inadequate for driving on snowcovered or icy roads. For driving on snowcovered or icy roads, we recom- mend using snow tires. If installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.

2. All season tires

All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be adequate for driving in most winter conditions, as well as for use all year round.

All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all season tires fall short in accel- eration and handling performance compared with summer tires in highway driving.

Theft prevention labels (except for Canada) Suspension and chassis Types of tires

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

222 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Do not mix summer and all season tires on your vehicle as this can cause dangerous handling charac- teristics, resulting in loss of con- trol.

Do not use tires other than the manufacturers designated tires, and never mix tires or wheels of the sizes different from the originals.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2232003 AVALON (OM41401U)

STARTING AND DRIVING Before starting the engine 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditions 225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 233. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

224 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Check the area around the vehicle be- fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle, seat cushion angle, head restraint height and steering wheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view mirrors.

4. Lock all the doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces- sories.

3. Put the selector lever in P. If you need to restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, put the selector le- ver in N. A starter safety device will prevent the starter from operating if the selector lever is in any drive position.

4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it to the floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure to fol- low the instructions in (a) Before crank- ing.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen- tial multiport fuel injection system in your engine automatically controls the proper airfuel mixture for starting. You can start a cold or hot engine as follows:

1. With your foot off the accelerator ped- al, crank the engine by turning the key to START. Release it when the en- gine starts.

2. After the engine runs for about 10 se- conds, you are ready to drive.

If the weather is below freezing, let the engine warm up for a few minutes before driving.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce- dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See If your vehicle will not start in Sec- tion 4.

Before starting the engine How to start the engine (a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2252003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se- conds at a time. This may overheat the starter and wiring systems.

Do not race a cold engine.

If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine checked immediately.

Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. This will allow you much better control.

Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos- sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving onto high, sharpedged objects and other road hazards. Failure to do so can lead to severe tire damage result- ing in tire bursts.

Drive slowly when passing over bumps or travelling on a bumpy road. Other- wise, the impact could cause severe damage to the tires and/or wheels.

When parking on a hill, turn the front wheels until they touch the curb so that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the parking brake, and place the transmis- sion in P. If necessary, block the wheels.

Washing your vehicle or driving through deep water may get the brakes wet. To see whether they are wet, check that there is no traffic near you, and then press the pedal lightly. If you do not feel a normal braking force, the brakes are probably wet. To dry them, drive the vehicle cautiously while lightly pressing the brake pedal with the park- ing brake applied. If they still do not work safely, pull to the side of the road and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

Before driving off, make sure the parking brake is fully released and the parking brake reminder light is off.

Do not leave your vehicle unat- tended while the engine is running.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving. It can cause dangerous overheating, needless wear, and poor fuel economy.

To drive down a long or steep hill, reduce your speed and downshift. Remember, if you ride the brakes excessively, they may overheat and not work properly.

Be careful when accelerating, up- shifting, downshifting or braking on a slippery surface. Sudden accelera- tion or engine braking, could cause the vehicle to spin or skid.

Tips for driving in various conditions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

226 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 140 km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle has highspeed capability tires. Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may result in tire failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to con- sult a tire dealer to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are highspeed capability tires or not before driving at such speeds.

Do not continue normal driving when the brakes are wet. If they are wet, your vehicle will require a longer stopping distance, and it may pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Also, the park- ing brake will not hold the vehicle securely.

Make sure you have a proper freeze protection of engine coolant.

Your coolant must contain ethyleneglycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components. Use Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant or equivalent.

See Section 72 for details about coolant type selection.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or plain water alone.

When it is extremely cold, we recommend to use 60% solution for your Toyota, to provide protection down to about 50C (58F). Do not use more than 70% solu- tion for better coolant performance.

Check the condition of the battery and cables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of any battery, so it must be in top shape to provide enough power for winter start- ing. Section 73 tells you how to visually inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer and most service stations will be pleased to check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity is suitable for the cold weather.

See Section 72 for recommended viscos- ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your vehicle during winter months may cause harder starting. If you are not sure about which oil to use, call your Toyota deal- erhe will be pleased to help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock deicer or glycerine into the locks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti- freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyota dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow the manufacturers directions for how much to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or any other substitute because it may dam- age your vehicles paint.

Winter driving tips

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2272003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Do not use your parking brake when there is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into P and block the rear wheels. Do not use the parking brake, or snow or water accu- mulated in and around the parking brake mechanism may freeze, making it hard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulating under the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenders can make steering difficult. During bad winter driving, stop and check under the fenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving, we recommend you carry some emer- gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in the vehicle are tire chains, window scraper, bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel, jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with four wheels on the ground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground. This may cause serious damage to your vehicle.

Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passengercarrying vehicle. Towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on handling, performance, braking, durability and driving economy (fuel consumption, etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend on the proper use of correct equipment and cautious driving habits. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes. Ask your local Toyota dealer for further details before towing.

NOTICE

When towing a trailer, be sure to con- sult your Toyota dealer for further in- formation on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc.

Dinghy towing Trailer towing

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

228 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trail- er weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and trailer tongue load are all within the limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue load can be measured with platform scales found at a highway weighing station, build- ing supply company, trucking company, junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

The total trailer weight (trailer weight plus its cargo load) must not exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Ex- ceeding this weight is dangerous.

Trailer hitch assemblies have differ- ent weight capacities established by the hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be physically capa- ble of towing a higher weight, the operator must determine the maxi- mum weight rating of the particular hitch assembly and never exceed the maximum weight rating speci- fied for the trailerhitch. Exceeding the maximum weight rating set by the trailer hitch manufacturer can cause an accident resulting in seri- ous personal injuries.

The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) indicated on the Certification Label. The gross ve- hicle weight is the sum of weights of the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas- sengers, luggage, hitch and trailer tongue load. It also includes the weight of any special equipment installed on your vehicle.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2292003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The load on either the front or rear axle resulting from distribution of the gross vehicle weight on both axles must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed on the Certification Label.

Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load 100 = 9 to 11%

Total trailer weight

The trailer cargo load should be distributed so that the tongue load is 9 to 11% of the total trailer weight, not exceeding the maximum of 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load the trailer with more weight in the back than in the front. About 60% of the trailer load should be in the front half of the trailer and the remaining 40% in the rear.

HITCHES

Use only a hitch which is recom- mended by the hitch manufacturer and conforms to the total trailer weight re- quirement.

Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer, and bolt the hitch securely to the rear bumper. Lubricate the hitch ball with a light coat of grease.

Toyota recommends removing the trail- er hitch whenever you are not towing a trailer to reduce the possibility of additional damage caused by the hitch if your vehicle is struck from behind. After removing the hitch, seal any mounting holes in the vehicle body to prevent entry of pollutants such as ex- haust fumes, dirt, water, etc.

NOTICE

Do not use axlemounted hitches as they can cause damage to the axle housing, wheel bearings, wheels or tires. Also, never install a hitch which may interfere with the normal function of an Energy Absorbing Bumper.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

230 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.

A safety chain must always be used between the towing vehicle and the trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the chain for turns. The chain should cross under the trailer tongue to prevent the tongue from dropping to the ground in case it becomes damaged or sepa- rated. For correct safety chain proce- dures, follow the hitch or trailer manufacturers recommendations.

CAUTION

If the total trailer weight exceeds 453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are required.

Never tap into your vehicles hy- draulic system as it would lower its braking effectiveness.

Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering over into another lane.

TIRES

Ensure that your vehicles tires are properly inflated. See Section 72 and Section 8 for instructions.

The trailer tires should be inflated to the pressure recommended by the trail- er manufacturer in respect to the total trailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

Trailer lights must comply with federal, state/provincial and local regulations. See your local recreational vehicle dealer or rental agency for the correct type of wiring and relays for your trail- er. Check for correct operation of the turn signals and stop lights each time you hitch up. Direct splicing may dam- age your vehicles electrical system and cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAKIN SCHEDULE

Toyota recommends that you do not tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a vehicle with any new power train com- ponent (engine, transmission, differen- tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first 800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due to the additional load. For this informa- tion, please refer to the scheduled maintenance information in the Sched- uled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.

Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately 1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

PRETOWING SAFETY CHECK

Check that your vehicle remains level when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has an abnormal noseup or nosedown condition, and check for improper tongue load, overload, worn suspension or other possible causes.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2312003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Make sure the trailer cargo is securely loaded so that it can not shift.

Check that your rear view mirrors con- form to any applicable federal, state/ provincial or local regulations. If not, install the rear view mirrors required for towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle will handle differently than when not tow- ing. The three main causes of vehicle trailer accidents are driver error, exces- sive speed and improper trailer loading. Keep these in mind when towing:

Before starting out, check operation of the lights and all vehicletrailer connec- tions. After driving a short distance, stop and recheck the lights and con- nections. Before actually towing a trail- er, practice turning, stopping and back- ing with a trailer in an area away from traffic until you learn the feel.

Backing with a trailer is difficult and requires practice. Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to move the trailer to the right. (This pro- cedure is generally opposite to that when backing without a trailer). Also, just turn the steering wheel a little at a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged turning. Have someone guide you when backing to reduce the risk of an acci- dent.

Because stopping distance may be in- creased, vehicletovehicle distance should be increased when towing a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length between you and the ve- hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing and loss of control. This is especially true on wet or slippery surfaces.

Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera- tion.

Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns. The trailer could hit your vehicle in a tight turn. Slow down before making a turn to avoid the necessity of sudden braking.

Remember that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Therefore, compensate for this by making a larger than normal turning radius with your vehicle.

Crosswinds and rough roads will ad- versely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention to the rear from time to time to pre- pare yourself for being passed by large trucks or buses, which may cause your vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying happens, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately but gradually. Never increase speed. Steer straight ahead. If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

232 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Be careful when passing other ve- hicles. Passing requires considerable distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of your trailer and be sure you have plenty of room be- fore changing lanes.

In order to maintain engine braking effi- ciency do not use overdrive.

Because of the added load of the trail- er, your vehicles engine may overheat on hot days (at temperatures over 30C [85F]) when going up a long or steep grade with a trailer. If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in use), pull off the road and stop in a safe spot. Refer to If your vehicle overheats in Section 4.

Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly. Put the transmission in P. Avoid park- ing on a slope with a trailer, but if it cannot be avoided, do so only after performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un- der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place, release your brakes slowly until the blocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into P and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on a slope:

1. With the transmission in P position, start the engine. Be sure to keep the brake pedal depressed.

2. Shift into the 2, L or R position.

3. Release the parking brake and brake pedal and slowly pull or back away from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply your brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. Because insta- bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle trailer combination usually in- creases as the speed increases, ex- ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may cause loss of control.

Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill grades. Do not make sudden down- shifts.

Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in reduced braking effi- ciency.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2332003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Improving fuel economy is easyjust take it easy. It will help make your vehicle last longer, too. Here are some specific tips on how to save money on both fuel and repairs:

Keep your tires inflated at the cor- rect pressure. Underinflation causes tire wear and wastes fuel. See Section 72 for instructions.

Do not carry unneeded weight in your vehicle. Excess weight puts a heavier load on the engine, causing greater fuel consumption.

Avoid lengthy warmup idling. Once the engine is running smoothly, begin drivingbut gently. Remember, howev- er, that on cold winter days this may take a little longer.

Keep the automatic transmission overdrive turned on when engine braking is not required. Driving with the overdrive off will reduce the fuel economy. (For details, see Automatic transmission in Section 16.)

Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Avoid jackrabbit starts.

Avoid long engine idling. If you have a long wait and you are not in traffic, it is better to turn off the engine and start again later.

Avoid engine lugging or overrev- ving. Use a gear position suitable for the road on which you are travelling.

Avoid continuous speeding up and slowing down. Stopandgo driving wastes fuel.

Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try to time the traffic signals so you only need to stop as little as possible or take advantage of through streets to avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis- tance from other vehicles to avoid sud- den braking. This will also reduce wear on your brakes.

Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams whenever possible.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal. This causes premature wear, overheating and poor fuel economy.

Maintain a moderate speed on high- ways. The faster you drive, the greater the fuel consumption. By reducing your speed, you will cut down on fuel con- sumption.

Keep the front wheels in proper alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and slow down on rough roads. Improper alignment not only causes faster tire wear but also puts an extra load on the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

Keep the bottom of your vehicle free from mud, etc. This not only lessens weight but also helps prevent corro- sion.

Keep your vehicle tunedup and in top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp- er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil and grease, brakes not adjusted, etc. all lower engine performance and con- tribute to poor fuel economy. For longer life of all parts and lower operating costs, keep all maintenance work on schedule, and if you often drive under severe conditions, see that your vehicle receives more frequent maintenance. (For scheduled maintenance informa- tion, please refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manu- al Supplement.)

How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

234 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coast down hills. Your power steering and brake booster will not function with- out the engine running. Also, the emission control system operates properly only when the engine is run- ning.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2352003 AVALON (OM41401U)

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY If your vehicle will not start 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle becomes stuck 248. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 251. . . . . . . . If you lose your keys 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 253. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

236 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Before making these checks, make sure you have followed the correct starting procedure given in How to start the engine in Section 3 and that you have sufficient fuel. If your vehicle is equipped with the engine immobiliser system, also check whether the other keys will start the engine. If they work, your key may be broken. Have the key checked at your Toyota dealer. If none of your keys work, the system is possibly broken. Call your Toyota dealer. (See Keys (with engine immobiliser system) in Section 12.)

If the engine is not turning over or is turning over too slowly

1. Check that the battery terminals are tight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch on the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes out when the starter is cranked, the battery is discharged. You may try jump start- ing. See (c) Jump starting for further instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still will not start, it needs adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not pull or pushstart the ve- hicle. It may damage the vehicle or cause a collision when the engine starts. Also the threeway catalytic converter may overheat and become a fire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normal speed but will not start

1. The engine may be flooded because of repeated cranking. See (b) Starting a flooded engine for further instructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needs adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your engine may be flooded because of repeated cranking.

If this happens, turn the key to START with the accelerator pedal held down. Keep the key and accelerator pedal in these positions for 15 seconds and re- lease them. Then try starting the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se- conds of cranking, release the key, wait a few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needs adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se- conds at a time. This may overheat the starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start (a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2372003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To avoid serious personal injury and damage to your vehicle which might re- sult from battery explosion, acid burns, electrical burns, or damaged electronic components, these instructions must be followed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow this procedure, we strongly recommend that you seek the help of a competent me- chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is poisonous and corrosive. Wear protective safety glasses when jump starting, and avoid spilling acid on your skin, clothing, or ve- hicle.

If you should accidentally get acid on yourself or in your eyes, remove any contaminated clothing and flush the affected area with water im- mediately. Then get immediate medi- cal attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while en route to the medical office.

The gas normally produced by a battery will explode if a flame or spark is brought near. Use only standardized jumper cables and do not smoke or light a match while jump starting.

Warning: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting must be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you are sure that the booster battery is correct.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed in another vehicle, make sure the vehicles are not touching. Turn off all unneces- sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugs from the booster and discharged batter- ies. Lay a cloth over the open vents on the batteries. (This helps reduce the explosion hazard, personal injuries and burns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with the booster battery is not running, start it and let it run for a few minutes. During jump starting, run the engine at about 2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal lightly depressed.

(c) Jump starting

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

238 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Discharged battery

Booster battery

Positive terminal (+mark)

Jumper cable Positive terminal (+mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the or- der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive (red) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other end of the positive (red) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal on the booster battery.

Jumper cable

Negative terminal (mark)

Discharged battery Booster battery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative (black) jumper cable to the negative () terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative (black) jumper cable to a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic point of the vehicle with the discharged battery.

The recommended connecting point is shown in the following illustration:

Connecting point

Do not connect the cable to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, to avoid serious injury, do not lean over the battery or accidentally let the jumper cables or clamps touch any- thing except the correct battery termi- nals or the ground.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2392003 AVALON (OM41401U)

5. Start your engine in the normal way. After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm for several minutes with the accelerator pedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the exact reverse order: the negative cable and then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover clothsthey may now contain sulfuric acid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery vent plugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent (for example, lights left on), you should have it checked at your Toyota dealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see If your vehicle will not start in this section.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow- er assist for the brakes and steering will not work so steering and braking will be much harder than usual.

If your engine coolant temperature gauge indicates overheating, if you ex- perience a loss of power, or if you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise, the engine has probably overheated. You should follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve- hicle and turn on your emergency flashers. Put the transmission in P and apply the parking brake. Turn off the air conditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the radiator or reservoir, stop the engine. Wait until the steam subsides before opening the hood. If there is no coolant boiling over or steam, leave the engine running and make sure the electric cooling fan is operating. If it is not, turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keep the hood closed until there is no steam. Escaping steam or coolant is a sign of very high pressure.

If your engine stalls while driving If your vehicle overheats

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

240 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle. However, note that water draining from the air conditioning is normal if it has been used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keep hands and clothing away from the moving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en- gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add coolant to the reservoir while the en- gine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Serious injury could result from scalding hot fluid and steam blown out under pressure.

6. After the engine coolant temperature has cooled to normal, again check the coolant level in the reservoir. If neces- sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri- ous coolant loss indicates a leak in the system. You should have it checked as soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place well away from the traffic. Avoid stopping on the center divider of a highway. Park on a level spot with firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake and put the transmission in P.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructions thor- oughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of personal injury:

Follow jacking instructions.

Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle supported by the jack. Otherwise, personal injury may occur.

Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the jack.

If you have a flat tire

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2412003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Stop the vehicle on a level firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and put the transmission in P. Block the wheel diagonally opposite to the one being changed if neces- sary.

Make sure to set the jack properly in the jack point. Raising the ve- hicle with jack improperly posi- tioned will damage the vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack and cause personal injury.

Never get under the vehicle when the vehicle is supported by the jack alone.

Use the jack only for lifting your vehicle during wheel changing.

Do not raise the vehicle with some- one in the vehicle.

When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.

Raise the vehicle only high enough to remove and change the tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with a de- flated tire. Driving even a short dis- tance can damage a tire and wheel beyond repair.

1. Get the required tools and spare tire.

1. Wheel nut wrench 2. Jack 3. Jack handle 4. Spare tire

To prepare yourself for an emergency, you should familiarize yourself with the use of the jack, each of the tools and their stor- age locations.

Required tools and spare tire

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

242 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

To remove the jack, turn the jack joint by hand until the jack becomes free.

To store the jack, align the hole of the jack head with the vehicle hook. Turn the jack joint until the jack base fits securely with the vehicle body.

This prevents the jack from flying forward during a collision or sudden stop.

To remove the spare tire:

1. Loosen the nut and remove it.

2. Remove the spare tire cover.

3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.

4. Remove the spacer.

Then take the spare tire out of the ve- hicle.

When storing the spare tire, put it in place with the outer side of the wheel facing up. Then secure the tire by repeating the above removal steps in reverse order to prevent it from flying forward during a collision or sudden braking.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2432003 AVALON (OM41401U)

2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to keep the vehicle from rolling when it is jacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place a wheel block from the front for the front wheels or from the rear for the rear wheels.

3. Remove the wheel ornament.

Pry off the wheel ornament, using the beveled end of the wheel nut wrench as shown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the ornament by hand. Take due care in handling the ornament to avoid unexpected person- al injury.

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before rais- ing the vehicle.

Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to loosen. To get maximum leverage, fit the wrench to the nut so that the handle is on the right side, as shown above. Grab the wrench near the end of the handle and pull up on the handle. Be careful that the wrench does not slip off the nut.

Do not remove the nuts yetjust unscrew them about onehalf turn.

Blocking the wheel Removing wheel ornament (steel wheels only) Loosening wheel nuts

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

244 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on the bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose and the wheels may fall off, which could cau- se a serious accident.

5. Position the jack at the correct jack point as shown. Rotate the load rest 90 from storage position to lifting position.

Make sure the jack is positioned on a level and solid place.

6. After making sure that no one is in the vehicle, raise it high enough so that the spare tire can be installed.

Remember you will need more ground clearance when putting on the spare tire than when removing the flat tire.

To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle into the jack (it is a loose fit) and turn it clockwise. As the jack touches the vehicle and begins to lift, doublecheck that it is properly positioned.

Positioning the jack Raising your vehicle

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2452003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle when the vehicle is supported by the jack alone.

7. Remove the wheel nuts and change tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put it aside.

Roll the spare wheel into position and align the holes in the wheel with the bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get at least the top bolt started through its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it back over the other bolts.

Before putting on wheels, remove any cor- rosion on the mounting surfaces with a wire brush or such. Installation of wheels without good metaltometal contact at the mounting surface can cause wheel nuts to loosen and eventually cause a wheel to come off while driving.

Changing wheels

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

246 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end in- ward) and tighten them as much as you can by hand. Press back on the tire and see if you can tighten them more.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on the bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead to over- tightening the nuts and damaging the bolts. The nuts may loose and the wheels may fall off, which could cau- se a serious accident. If there is oil or grease on any bolt or nut, clean it.

9. Lower the vehicle completely and tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the vehicle.

Use only the wheel nut wrench and turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts. Do not use other tools or any additional leverage other than your hands, such as a hammer, pipe or your foot. Make sure the wrench is securely engaged over the nut.

Tighten each nut a little at a time in the order shown. Repeat the process until all the nuts are tight.

Reinstalling wheel nuts Lowering your vehicle

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2472003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

When lowering the vehicle, make sure all portions of your body and all other persons around will not be injured as the vehicle is lowered to the ground.

Have the wheel nuts tightened by torque wrench at 103 Nm (10.5 kgfm, 76 ftlbf), as soon as pos- sible after changing wheels. Other- wise, the nuts may loosen and the wheels may fall off, which could cause a serious accident. 10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.

Align the cutout of the wheel ornament with the valve stem as shown. Then tap it firmly with the side or heel of your hand to snap it into place.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the orna- ment to avoid unexpected personal injury.

11. Check the air pressure of the re- placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specification designated in Section 8. If the pressure is lower, drive slowly to the nearest service station and fill to the correct pressure.

Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation valve cap as dirt and moisture could get into the valve core and possibly cause air leakage. If the cap is missing, have a new one put on as soon as possible.

12. Restow all the tools, jack and flat tire securely.

As soon after changing wheels as pos- sible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torque specified in Section 8 with a torque wrench. Have a technician repair the flat tire and replace the spare tire with it.

Reinstalling wheel ornament (steel wheels only) After changing wheels

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

248 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all the tools, jack and flat tire are securely in place in their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal in- jury during a collision or sudden braking.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward.

If your vehicle is equipped with the traction control system, turn off the system to become unstuck. (For details, see Traction control system in Sec- tion 16.)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and back- ward if people or objects are any- where near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or ob- jects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe the following precautions to prevent dam- age to the transmission and other parts.

Do not depress the accelerator ped- al while shifting the selector lever or before the transmission is com- pletely shifted to forward or reverse gear.

Do not race the engine and avoid spinning the wheels.

If your vehicle remains stuck after rocking the vehicle several times, consider other ways such as tow- ing.

If your vehicle becomes stuck

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2492003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

From front

If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by your Toyota dealer or a commercial tow truck ser- vice. In consultation with them, have your vehicle towed using either (a) or (b).

Only when you cannot receive a towing service from a Toyota dealer or com- mercial tow truck service, tow your ve- hicle carefully in accordance with the instructions given in Emergency tow- ing in this section.

Proper equipment will help ensure that your vehicle is not damaged while being towed. Commercial operators are generally aware of the state/provincial and local laws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it is towed incorrectly. Although most operators know the correct procedure, it is possible to make a mistake. To avoid damage to your vehicle, make sure the following pre- cautions are observed. If necessary, show this page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by the state/provincial and local laws. The wheels and axle on the ground must be in good condition. If they are damaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From frontRelease the parking brake.

NOTICE

When lifting wheels, take care to en- sure adequate ground clearance for towing at the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper and/or underbody of the towed vehicle will be damaged during towing.

From rearUse a towing dolly under the front wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow from the rear with the front wheels on the ground, as this may cause serious damage to the trans- mission.

(b) Using flat bed truck

If your vehicle needs to be towed

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

250 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

(c) Towing with sling type truck

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei- ther from the front or rear. This may cause body damage.

Front

Rear (on some models)

If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by your Toyota dealer or a commercial tow truck ser- vice.

If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be tempo- rarily towed by a cable or chain se- cured to one of the emergency towing eyelets under the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing vehicles.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing eyelet; otherwise your vehicle may be dam- aged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done only on hardsurfaced roads for a short dis- tance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, drive train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

Emergency towing

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2512003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve- hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing eyelets and towing cable or chain. The eyelets and towing cable or chain may break and cause serious injury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles. Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing eyelets provided.

Before towing, release the parking brake and put the transmission in N. The key must be in ACC (engine off) or ON (engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow- er assist for the brakes and steering will not work so steering and braking will be much harder than usual.

If you cannot shift the selector lever out of P position to other positions even though the brake pedal is de- pressed, use the shift lock override but- ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to LOCK position. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flatbladed screwdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert your finger into the hole to push down the shift lock override button. You can shift out of P position only while pushing the but- ton.

4. Shift into N position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety, keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever (floor shift type)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

252 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If you cannot shift the selector lever out of P position to other positions even though the brake pedal is de- pressed, use the shift lock override but- ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to LOCK position. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flatbladed screwdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalent into the hole to pull down the shift lock override button. You can shift out of P position only while push- ing the button.

4. Shift into N position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety, keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

You can purchase a new key at your Toyota dealer if you can give them the key number. If your vehicle is equipped with the engine immobiliser system, the dealer will also need your master key.

Vehicles with engine immobiliser system Even if you lose only one key, contact your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If you lose all your master keys, you cannot make new keys; the whole engine immobi- liser system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in Keys in Section 12.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle and you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota dealers can still open the door for you, using their special tools. If you must break a window to get in, we suggest breaking the smallest side window be- cause it is the least expensive to replace. Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from the glass.

If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever (column shift type) If you lose your keys

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2532003 AVALON (OM41401U)

You can purchase a new wireless re- mote control transmitter at your Toyota dealer.

Have the registered identification numbers of your transmitters deleted from your ve- hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to avoid the possibility of theft or an accident. Then, have the identification number of your new transmitter registered. At the same time, you must bring all of the remaining transmitters to have them registered again as well.

You can use the wireless remote control system with the new transmitter. Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed information.

If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

254 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2552003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE Protecting your Toyota from corrosion 256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing your Toyota 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interior 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

256 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Toyota, through its diligent research, de- sign and use of the most advanced technology available, has done its part to help prevent corrosion and has provided you with the finest quality vehicle construction. Now, it is up to you. Proper care of your Toyota can help ensure long term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosion to your vehicle are:

The accumulation of road salt, dirt and moisture in hardtoreach areas under the vehicle.

Chipping of paint, or undercoating caused by minor accidents or by stones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you live in particular areas or operate your ve- hicle under certain environmental condi- tions:

Road salt or dust control chemicals will accelerate corrosion, as will the pres- ence of salt in the air near the sea coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

High humidity accelerates corrosion es- pecially when temperatures range just above the freezing point.

Wetness or dampness to certain parts of your vehicle for an extended period of time, may cause corrosion even though other parts of the vehicle may be dry.

High ambient temperatures can cause corrosion to those components of the vehicle which are prevented from quickdrying due to lack of proper ven- tilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keep your vehicle, particularly the underside, as clean as possible and to repair any dam- age to paint or protective coatings as soon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on your Toyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of course, necessary to keep your vehicle clean by regular washing, but to prevent corrosion, the following points should be observed:

If you drive on salted roads in the winter or if you live near the ocean, you should hose off the undercarriage at least once a month to minimize cor- rosion.

High pressure water or steam is effec- tive for cleaning the vehicles underside and wheel housings. Pay particular attention to these areas as it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to simply wet the mud and debris without removing them. The lower edge of doors, rocker panels and frame members have drain holes which should not be allowed to clog with dirt as trapped water in these areas can cause corrosion.

Wash the underside of the vehicle thor- oughly when winter is over.

See Washing and waxing your Toyota for more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicles paint and trim. If you find any chips or scratches in the paint, touch them up im- mediately to prevent corrosion from start- ing. If the chips or scratches have gone through the bare metal, have a qualified body shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota from corrosion

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2572003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa- ter and dirt can accumulate under the floor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc- casionally check under the mats to make sure the area is dry. Be particularly care- ful when transporting chemicals, cleans- ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be transported in proper containers. If a spill or leak should occur, immediately clean and dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If you drive on salted or gravel roads, mud shields help protect your vehicle. Fullsize shields, which come as near to the ground as possible, are the best. We recommend that the fittings and the area where the shields are installed be treated to resist corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be happy to assist in supplying and installing the shields if they are recommended for your area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated garage or a roofed place. Do not park your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti- lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in the garage, or if you drive it in covered with water or snow, your garage may be so damp it will cause corrosion. Even if your garage is heated, a wet vehicle can corrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regular washing.

The following cases may cause weakness to the paint or corrosion to the body and parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos- sible.

When driving in a coastal area

When driving on a road sprinkled with antifreeze

When having coal tar, tree sap, bird droppings and carcass of an insect

When driving in the areas where there is a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust and chemical substance

When the vehicle becomes remarkably dirty with dust and mud

Handwashing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until the vehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis, be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re- move any mud or road salt from the underside of the vehicle or in the wheel wells.

2. Wash with a mild carwash soap, mixed according to the manufacturers instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and keep it wet by dipping it frequently into the wash water. Do not rub hardlet the soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic wheel ornaments are damaged easily by organic substances. If any organic sub- stances splashes an ornament, be sure to wash it off with water and check if the ornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damaged plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off the wheel and cause accidents while the vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper faces are soft.

Washing and waxing your Toyota

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

258 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Road tar: Remove with turpentine or cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso- line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol- vents), which may be toxic or cause damage.

3. Rinse thoroughlydried soap can cause streaking. In hot weather you may need to rinse each section right after you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not rub or press hardyou might scratch the paint.

Automatic car wash

Your vehicle may be washed in an auto- matic car wash, but remember that the paint can be scratched by some type of brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the washing process itself. Scratching reduces paint durability and gloss, especially on darker colors. The manager of the car wash should be able to advise you wheth- er the process is safe for the paint on your vehicle.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommended to maintain the original beauty of your Toyotas finish.

Once a month or if the vehicle surface does not repel water well, apply wax.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be- fore you begin waxing, even if you are using a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If the finish has become extremely weath- ered, use a carcleaning polish, fol- lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol- low the manufacturers instructions and precautions. Be sure to polish and wax the chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when water does not bead but remains on the sur- face in large patches.

NOTICE

Always remove the plastic bumpers if your vehicle is repainted and placed in a high heat paint waxing booth. High temperatures could damage the bumpers.

CAUTION

Be careful not to splash water or spill liquid on the floor. This may prevent the side airbags from acti- vating correctly, resulting in serious injury.

Do not wash the vehicle floor with water, or allow water to get onto the floor when cleaning the vehicle interior or exterior. Water may get into audio components or other electrical components above or un- der the floor carpet (or mat) and cause a malfunction; and it may cause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easily cleaned with a mild soap or detergent and water.

Cleaning the interior

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2592003 AVALON (OM41401U)

First vacuum over the upholstery to re- move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt and wipe off the soap with a clean damp cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re- peat the procedure. Commercial foaming type vinyl cleaners are also available which work well. Follow the manufacturers instructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline or window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foamtype shampoo to clean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove as much dirt as possible. Several types of foam cleaners are available; some are in aerosol cans and others are powders or liquids which you mix with water to pro- duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets, use a sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply waterthe best results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as possible. Read the shampoo instructions and follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned with mild soap and water or with lukewarm water.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean- ing, check the belts for excessive wear, fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

Do not use dye or bleach on the beltsit may weaken them.

Do not use the belts until they be- come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with any household window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or connec- tors.

Air conditioning control panel, car au- dio, instrument panel, console panel, and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke- warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (sol- vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions. These chemicals can cause discol- oring, staining or peeling of the surface.

If you use cleaners or polishing agents, make sure their ingredients do not include the substances men- tioned above.

If you use a liquid car freshener, do not spill the liquid onto the ve- hicles interior surfaces. It may con- tain the ingredients mentioned above. Immediately clean any spill using the method mentioned above.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

260 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Leather Interior

The leather upholstery may be cleaned with neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened with 5% solution of neutral detergent for wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces of detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of the leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti- lated shaded area.

NOTICE

If a stain should fail to come out with a neutral detergent, apply a cleaner that does not contain an organic solvent.

Never use organic substances such as benzine, alcohol or gasoline, o r alkaline or acid solutions for clean- ing the leather as these could c ause discoloring.

Use of a nylon brush or synthetic fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the fine grained surface of the leather.

Mildew may develop on soiled leath- er upholstery. Be especially careful to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your upholstery always clean.

Long exposure to direct sunlight may cause the leather surface to harden and shrink. Keep your ve- hicle in a shaded area, especially in the summer.

The interior of your vehicle is apt to heat up on hot summer days, so avoid placing on the upholstery items made of vinyl or plastic or containing wax as these tend to stick to leather when warm.

Improper cleaning of the leather up- holstery could result in discolor- ation or staining.

If you have any questions about the cleaning of your Toyota, your local Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer them.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2612003 AVALON (OM41401U)

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE Maintenance requirements 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 266. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.

SECTION 6

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

262 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for fewer maintenance requirements with long- er service intervals to save both your time and money. However, each regular mainte- nance, as well as daytoday care, is more important than ever before to ensure smooth, and troublefree, safe, and eco- nomical drivings.

It is the owners responsibility to make sure the specified maintenance, including general maintenance service, is performed. Note that both the new vehicle and emis- sion control system warranties specify that proper maintenance and care must be per- formed. See Owners Warranty Informa- tion Booklet or Owners Manual Supple- ment for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day today care practices that are important to your vehicle for proper operation. It is the owners responsibility to insure that the general maintenance items are performed regularly.

These checks or inspections can be done either by yourself or a qualified technician, or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be pleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed in the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement are those required to be serviced at regular inter- vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule, read the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.

It is recommended that any replacement parts used for maintenance or for the repair of the emission control system be Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use nonToyota supplied parts for replacement pur- poses without invalidating the emission control system warranty. However, use of replacement parts which are not of equivalent quality may impair the effec- tiveness of the emission control sys- tems.

You may also elect to have mainte- nance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices and system performed by any automotive repair es- tablishment or individual without invali- dating this warranty. See Owners War- ranty Information Booklet or Owners Manual Supplement for complete war- ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are welltrained spe- cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips, and indealership training programs. They learn to work on Toyotas before they work on your vehicle, rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyota dealers service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance require- ments on your vehiclereliably and eco- nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof that all required maintenance has been per- formed for warranty coverage. And if any problems should arise with your vehicle while under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take care of it. Again, be sure to keep a copy of the repair order for any service performed on your Toyota.

Maintenance requirements

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2632003 AVALON (OM41401U)

What about doityourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easy to do yourself if you have a little mechani- cal ability and a few basic automotive tools. Simple instructions for how to per- form them are presented in Section 7.

If you are a skilled doityourself mechan- ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom- mended. Please be aware that doityour- self maintenance can affect your warranty coverage. See Owners Warranty Informa- tion Booklet or Owners Manual Supple- ment for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed as fre- quently as specified. In addition to check- ing the items listed, if you notice any unusual noise, smell or vibration, you should investigate the cause or take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali- fied service shop immediately. It is recom- mended that any problem you notice be brought to the attention of your dealer or the qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only where ade- quate ventilation can be obtained if you run the engine.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.

Tire pressure Check the pressure with a gauge every two weeks, or at least once a month. See Section 72 for additional information.

Tire surface and wheel nuts Check the tires carefully for cuts, damage or excessive wear. See Section 72 for additional information. When checking the tires, make sure no nuts are missing, and check the nuts for looseness. Tighten them if necessary.

Tire rotation Rotate the tires according to the mainte- nance schedule. (For scheduled mainte- nance information, please refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Own- ers Manual Supplement.) See Section 72 for additional information.

Fluid leaks Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa- ter or other fluid after the vehicle has been parked for a while. If you smell fuel fumes or notice any leak, have the cause found and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hood Check that all doors including trunk lid operate smoothly and all latches lock se- curely. Make sure the engine hood sec- ondary latch secures the hood from open- ing when the primary latch is released.

General maintenance

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

264 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checked regularly, e.g. while performing periodic services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Lights Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers Check that all service reminder indicators and warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheel Check that it has the specified free play. Be alert for changes in steering condition, such as hard steering or strange noise.

Seats Check that all front seat controls such as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op- erate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in any position. Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks hold securely in any latched position.

Seat belts Check that the seat belt system such as buckles, retractors and anchors operate properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam- aged.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and uneven pedal effort or catching.

Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and that the pedal has the proper clearance. Check the brake booster function.

Brakes At a safe place, check that the brakes do not pull to one side when applied.

Parking brake Check that the pedal has the proper travel and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle is held securely with only the parking brake applied.

Automatic transmission Park mecha- nism Check the lock release button of the se- lector lever for proper and smooth opera- tion. On a safe incline, check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in P position and all brakes re- leased.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checked from time to time, e.g. each time when refueling.

Washer fluid Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the tank. See Section 73 for additional infor- mation.

Engine coolant level Make sure the coolant level is between the FULL and LOW lines on the see through reservoir when the engine is cold. See Section 72 for additional information.

Radiator, condenser and hoses Check that the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves, dirt, or insects. See in Section 72 for additional information.

Battery condition Check the battery condition by the indica- tor color. See Section 73 for additional information.

Brake fluid level Make sure the brake fluid level is correct. See Section 72 for additional information.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2652003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Engine oil level Check the level on the dipstick with the engine turned off and the vehicle parked on a level spot. See Section 72 for addi- tional information.

Power steering fluid level Check the level through the reservoir. The level should be in the HOT or COLD range depending on the fluid temperature. See Section 72 for additional information.

Exhaust system If you notice any change in the sound of the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have the cause located and corrected immedi- ately. (See Engine exhaust cautions in Section 2.)

Be on the alert for changes in perfor- mance, sounds, and visual tipoffs that indicate service is needed. Some impor- tant clues are as follows:

Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

Appreciable loss of power

Strange engine noises

A leak under the vehicle (however, wa- ter dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)

Change in exhaust sound (This may indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide leak. Drive with the windows open and have the exhaust system checked im- mediately.)

Flatlooking tire; excessive tire squeal when cornering; uneven tire wear

Vehicle pulls to one side when driving straight on a level road

Strange noises related to suspension movement

Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy feeling brake; pedal almost touches floor; vehicle pulls to one side when braking

Engine coolant temperature continually higher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. It probably needs adjustment or repair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve- hicle unchecked. It could result in se- rious vehicle damage and possibly personal injury.

Does your vehicle need repairing?

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

266 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Some states have vehicle emission in- spection programs which include OBD (OnBoard Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control system. When the OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the emission control system, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on. In this case, your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lamp does not come on, your vehicle may not pass the I/M test as readiness codes have not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically set during ordinary driving. However, when the battery is disconnected or run down, the codes are erased. Also, depending on your driving habits, the codes may not be completely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had come on recently due to temporary mal- function such as a loose fuel tank cap, your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after taking several driving trips, but the error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless about 40 trips or more are taken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test even the malfunction indicator lamp does not come on, contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for retesting.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2672003 AVALON (OM41401U)

DOITYOURSELF MAINTENANCE Introduction Engine compartment overview 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 269. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Doityourself service precautions 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning the jack 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7 1

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

268 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Power steering fluid reservoir

3. Engine oil level dipstick

4. Engine oil filler cap

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Fuse blocks

7. Battery

8. Radiator

9. Electric cooling fans

10. Condenser

11. Windshield washer fluid tank

Engine compartment overview

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2692003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Spare fuses

Fuse locations

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

270 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the correct procedure given in this section.

You should be aware that improper or in- complete servicing may result in operating problems.

Performing doityourself maintenance during the warranty period may affect your warranty coverage. Read the separate Toyota Warranty statement for details and suggestions.

This section gives instructions only for those items that are relatively easy for an owner to perform. As explained in Section 6, there are still a number of items that must be done by a qualified technician with special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do ityourself maintenance, see Parts and tools in this section.

Utmost care should be taken when work- ing on your vehicle to prevent accidental injury. Here are a few precautions that you should be especially careful to ob- serve:

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keep hands, clothing, and tools away from the moving fan and engine drive belts. (Removing rings, watches, and ties is advisable.)

Right after driving, the engine compartmentthe engine, radiator, exhaust manifold and spark plug boots, etc.will be hot. So be care- ful not to touch them. Oil, fluids and spark plugs may also be hot.

If the engine is hot, do not remove the radiator cap or loosen the drain plugs to prevent burning yourself.

Do not smoke, cause sparks or al- low open flames around fuel or the battery. Their fumes are flammable.

Do not get under your vehicle with just the body jack supporting it. Al- ways use automotive jack stands or other solid supports.

Be sure that the ignition is off if you work near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille. With the ignition on, the electric cooling fans will automatically start to run if the engine coolant temperature is high and/or the air conditioning is on.

Use eye protection whenever you work on or under your vehicle where you may be exposed to flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.

Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may cause skin disorders such as in- flammation or skin cancer, so care should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact with it. To re- move used engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.

Do not leave used oil within the reach of children.

Dispose of used oil and filter only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do not dispose of used oil and fil- ter in household trash, in sewers or onto the ground. Call your dealer or a service station for information concerning recycling or disposal.

Doityourself service precautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2712003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Be extremely cautious when work- ing on the battery. It contains poi- sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

Warning: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

NOTICE

Remember that battery and ignition cables carry high currents or volt- ages. Be careful of accidentally causing a short circuit.

Add only demineralized or distilled water to fill the radiator. And if you spill some of the coolant, be sure to wash off with water to prevent it from damaging the parts or paint.

Do not allow dirt or anything else to fall through the spark plug holes.

Do not pry the outer electrode of a spark plug against the center elec- trode.

Use only spark plugs of the speci- fied type. Using other types will cause engine damage, loss of per- formance or radio noise.

Do not reuse iridiumtipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

Do not overfill automatic transmis- sion fluid, or the transmission could be damaged.

Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed, or excessive engine wear could result. Also backfiring could cause a fire in the engine compartment.

Be careful not to scratch the glass surface with the wiper frame.

When closing the engine hood, check to see that you have not for- gotten any tools, rags, etc.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

272 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Front

Rear

When jacking up your vehicle with the jack, position the jack correctly as shown in the illustrations.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of personal injury:

Follow jacking instructions.

Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle supported by the jack. Personal injury may occur.

Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the jack.

Stop the vehicle on a level firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and put the transmission in P. Block the wheels on the opposite side of the jack up point if neces- sary.

Make sure to set the jack properly in the jack point. Raising the ve- hicle with jack improperly posi- tioned will damage the vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack and cause personal injury.

Never get under the vehicle when the vehicle is supported by the jack alone; use vehicle support stands.

Do not raise the vehicle with some- one in the vehicle.

When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the jack correctly, or your vehicle may be damaged.

Positioning the jack

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2732003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Here is a list of parts and tools you will need on performing doityourself mainte- nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de- signed in metric sizes, so your tools must be metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equiva- lent

See Section 72 for details about en- gine oil selection.

Tools:

Rag or paper towel

Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant or equivalent

See Section 72 for details about cool- ant type selection.

Demineralized or distilled water

Tools:

Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID

Parts (if level is low):

SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid

Tools:

Rag or paper towel

Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID

Parts (if level is low):

Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII or III

Tools:

Rag or paper towel

Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

Warm water

Baking soda

Grease

Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

Fuse with same amperage rating as original

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

Water

Washer fluid containing antifreeze (for winter use)

Tools:

Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original (See charts in Re- placing light bulbs in Section 73.)

Tools:

Screwdriver

Parts and tools

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

274 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2752003 AVALON (OM41401U)

DOITYOURSELF MAINTENANCE Engine and Chassis Checking the engine oil level 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking power steering fluid 281. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire pressure 281. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 282. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7 2

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

276 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Low level

Add oil O.K. Too full

Full level

With the engine at operating tempera- ture and turned off, check the oil level on the dipstick.

1. To get a true reading, the vehicle should be on a level spot. After turning off the engine, wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under the end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstickpush it in as far as it will go, or the reading will not be correct.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil level while holding a rag under the end.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex- haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop the engine oil on the vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightly above the low level, add engine oil of the same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engine oil in small quantities at a time, checking the dipstick. We recommend that you use a funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed to fill between the low level and the full level on the dipstick is indicated below for ref- erence.

When the level reaches within the correct range, install the filler cap handtight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., Imp. qt.): 1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

NOTICE

Be careful not to spill the engine oil on the vehicle components.

Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.

Check the oil level on the dipstick once again after adding the oil.

Checking the engine oil level

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2772003 AVALON (OM41401U)

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

Toyota Genuine Motor Oil is filled in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and viscosity.

Oil grade: API grade SL EnergyConserving or ILSAC multigrade engine oil

Recommended viscosity: SAE 5W30

Outside temperature

SAE 5W30 is the best choice for good fuel economy and good starting in cold weather.

If SAE 5W30 is not available, SAE 10W30 may be used. However, it should be replaced with SAE 5W30 at the next oil change.

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

278 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks are added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any- where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oil quality by API (American Petroleum Insti- tute) designations such as SL. The center portion of the label shows the SAE viscos- ity grade such as SAE 5W30. Energy Conserving shown in the lower portion, indicates that the oil has fuelsaving ca- pabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan- dardization and Approval Committee) Certi- fication Mark is displayed on the front of the container.

To ensure the best possible lubrication performance for your engine, the Toyota Genuine Motor Oil range is available, which has been specifically tested and ap- proved for all Toyota engines.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur- ther details of the Toyota Genuine Motor Oil range.

Look at the seethrough coolant reser- voir when the engine is cold. The cool- ant level is satisfactory if it is between the FULL and LOW lines on the reservoir. If the level is low, add ethyl- eneglycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum com- ponents.

The coolant level in the reservoir will vary with engine temperature. However, if the level is on or below the LOW line, add coolant. Bring the level up to the FULL line.

Always use ethyleneglycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of alumi- num components. See information in the next column.

If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing, there may be a leak in the system. Visually check the radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain cock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap pressure and check for leaks in the cooling system.

Checking the engine coolant level

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2792003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do not remove the radiator cap when the en- gine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damage your engine cooling system. Your coolant must contain ethyleneglycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of your engine that contains aluminum components.

We have used Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant in your Toyota vehicle. In order to avoid technical problems, we strongly recommend using Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant or equivalent.

In addition to preventing freezing and subsequent damage to the engine, this type of coolant will also prevent corrosion. Further supplemental inhibitors or additives are neither needed nor recommended.

Read the coolant container for information on freeze protection. Follow the manufac- turers directions for how much to mix with plain water (preferably demineralized water or distilled water). The total capacity of the cooling system is given in Section 8.

We recommend to use 50% solution for your Toyota, to provide protection down to about 35C (31F). When it is extreme- ly cold, to provide protection down to about 50C (58F), 60% solution is rec- ommended. Do not use more than 70% solution for better coolant performance.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or plain water alone.

The engine cooling system is integral to maximizing performance of your Toyota vehicle. In line with this, it is strongly recommended that you use Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant for protecting the system, as it is an ethyleneglycol based premium antifreeze coolant with excellent corrosion protection properties that has been specifically formulated for use in Toyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur- ther details of the Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant range.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

280 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condi- tion, take your vehicle to Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent yourself from burning, be careful not to touch the radiator or condenser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiator and condenser, do not perform the work by yourself.

To check the fluid level, simply look at the seethrough reservoir. The level should be between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads wear. So be sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious mechanical prob- lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the brake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap by hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted line. This brings the fluid to the correct level when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air, and excess moisture can cause a dangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the reservoir because brake fluid can harm your eyes and damage painted surfaces. If fluid gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water immediately. If you still feel uncomfortable with your eyes, go to the doctor.

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging the parts or paint.

Checking the radiator and condenser Checking brake fluid

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2812003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If hot O.K. Close Open

If cold O.K.

If cold add

If hot add

Check the fluid level through the reser- voir. If necessary, add automatic trans- mission fluid DEXRONII or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80 km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is hot (60C80C or 140F175F). You may also check the level when the fluid is cold (about room temperature, 10C30C or 50F85F) if the engine has not been run for about five hours.

Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoir tank and look at the fluid level. If the fluid is cold, the level should be in the COLD range. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid level should be in the HOT range. If the level is at the low side of either range, add automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII or III to bring the level within the range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun- terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it, turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser- voir cap, visually check the steering box case, vane pump and hose connections for leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so be careful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer- ing could be damaged.

Keep your tire pressures at the proper level.

The recommended cold tire pressures, tire size and the vehicle capacity weight are given in Section 8. They are also on the tire pressure label as shown.

You should check the tire pressures every two weeks, or at least once a month. And do not forget the spare!

Incorrect tire pressure may waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driving, reduce tire life and make your vehicle less safe to drive.

Checking power steering fluid Checking tire pressure

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

282 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Keep your tire pressure properly. Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and cause an accident re- sulting in death or serious injuries.

Low tire pressure (underinflation)

Excessive wear

Uneven wear

Poor handling

Possibility of blowouts from over- heated tire

Poor sealing of the tire bead

Wheel deformation and/or tire sepa- ration

High tire pressure (overinflation)

Poor handling

Excessive wear at the center of the tire tread

A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards

The following instructions for checking tire pressure should be observed:

The pressure should be checked only when the tires are cold. If your ve- hicle has been parked for at least 3 hours and has not been driven for more than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, you will get an accurate cold tire pressure reading.

Always use a tire pressure gauge. The appearance of a tire can be mis- leading. Besides, tire pressures that are even just a few pounds off can degrade ride and handling.

Do not bleed or reduce tire pressure after driving. It is normal for the tire pressure to be higher after driving.

Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. The passenger and luggage weight should be located so that the vehicle is balanced.

Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps. Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If the caps have been lost, have new ones put on as soon as possible.

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRES

Check the tire tread for the tread wear indicators. If the indicators show, re- place the tires.

The tires on your Toyota have builtin tread wear indicators to help you know when the tires need replacement. When the tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If you can see the indicators in two or more adjacent grooves, the tire should be re- placed. The lower the tread, the higher the risk of skidding.

The effectiveness of snow tires is lost if the tread wears down below 4 mm (0.16 in.).

Checking and replacing tires

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2832003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Check the tires regularly for damage such as cuts, splits and cracks. If any damage is found, consult with a techni- cian and have the tire repaired or re- placed.

Even if the damage does not appear seri- ous, a qualified technician should examine the damage. Objects which have pene- trated the tire may have caused internal damage.

Any tires which are over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified techni- cian even if damage is not obvious.

Tires deteriorate with age even if they have never or seldom been used.

This also applies to the spare tire and tires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRES

When replacing a tire, use only the same size and construction as original- ly installed and with the same or great- er load capacity.

Using any other size or type of tire may seriously affect handling, ride, speedome- ter/odometer calibration, ground clearance, and clearance between the body and tires or snow chains.

CAUTION

Observe the following instructions. Otherwise, an accident may occur re- sulting in death or serious injuries.

Do not mix radial, bias belted, or biasply tires on your vehicle, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control.

Do not use tires other than the manufacturers recommended size, as this may cause dangerous han- dling characteristics resulting in loss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires, or at least both front or rear tires be re- placed as a set.

See If you have a flat tire in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

When a tire is replaced, the wheel should always be balanced.

An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Wheels can get out of balance with regular use and should therefore be balanced occasionally.

When replacing a tubeless tire, the air valve should also be replaced with a new one.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

284 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

With a spare tire of the same wheel type as the installed tires

With a spare tire of different wheel type from the installed tires

To equalize the wear and help extend tire life, Toyota recommends that you rotate your tires according to the main- tenance schedule. (For scheduled main- tenance information, please refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.) Howev- er, the most appropriate timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and road surface condi- tions.

See If you have a flat tire in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usu- ally caused by incorrect tire pressure, im- proper wheel alignment, outofbalance wheels, or severe braking.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES OR CHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommended when driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tires provide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select the same size, construction and load capacity as the original tires on your Toyota.

Do not use tires other than those men- tioned above. Do not install studded tires without first checking local regulations for possible restrictions.

CAUTION

Do not use snow tires other than the manufacturers recommended size, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control. Otherwise, an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

Rotating tires Installing snow tires and chains

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2852003 AVALON (OM41401U)

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on all wheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheels only can lead to an excessive difference in road grip capability between the front and rear tires which could cause loss of vehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you should store them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sure to install them in the same direction when replacing.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the snow tires incorrectly inflated.

Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph) with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

P205/65R15 92H tiresUse the tire chains of correct size and type.

Use SAE Class S type radial tire chains except radial cable chains or Vbar type chains.

P205/60R16 91H tiresUse tire chains of the correct size.

Use only genuine Toyota tire chains or equiv- alent for use on the AVALON.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire and chain is used, the chains could dam- age the vehicle body.

AVALON genuine tire chains (Part No. 0832933801)

Laws about using tire chains vary ac- cording to locality and type of road, so always check your local laws before you install tire chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires as tightly as possible. Do not use tire chains on the rear tires. Retighten chains after driving 0.51.0 km (1/41/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care- fully follow the instructions of the chain manufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will be scratched by the chain band, so remove the covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or the chain manufacturers recom- mended speed limit, whichever is lower.

Drive carefully avoiding bumps, holes, and sharp turns, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.

Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking, as use of chains may ad- versely affect vehicle handling.

When driving with chains installed, be sure to drive carefully. Slow down before entering the curves to avoid losing control of the vehicle. Otherwise an accident may occur.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

286 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such as bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the wheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace damaged wheels, the tire may slip off the wheel or cause loss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that the wheels are re- placed by ones with the same load ca- pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type may adversely affect handling, wheel and bear- ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom- eter calibration, stopping ability, headlight aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear- ance, and tire or snow chain clearance to the body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec- ommended as they may have been sub- jected to rough treatment or high mileage and could fail without warning. Also, bent wheels which have been straightened may have structural damage and therefore should not be used. Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tubeless tire.

CAUTION

Do not use wheels other than the manufacturers recommended size, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control. Otherwise, an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

When installing aluminum wheels, check that the wheel nuts are tight after driving your vehicle the first 1600 km (1000 miles).

If you have rotated, repaired, or changed your tires, check that the wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1600 km (1000 miles).

When using tire chains, be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels.

Use only the Toyota wheel nuts and wrench designed for your aluminum wheels.

When balancing your wheels, use only Toyota balance weights or equivalent and a plastic or rubber hammer.

As with any wheel, periodically check your aluminum wheels for damage. If damaged, replace immediately.

Replacing wheels Aluminum wheel precautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2872003 AVALON (OM41401U)

DOITYOURSELF MAINTENANCE Electrical components Checking battery condition 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery recharging precautions 289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7 3

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

288 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable and explosive hydrogen gas.

Do not cause a spark from the bat- tery with tools.

Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothes.

Never ingest electrolyte.

Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.

Keep children away from the bat- tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

If electrolyte gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water immediately and get immediate medical attention. If possible, con- tinue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while en route to the medi- cal office.

If electrolyte gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the contact area. If you feel pain or burning, get medi- cal attention immediately.

If electrolyte gets on your clothes, there is a possibility of its soaking through to your skin, so immediate- ly take off the exposed clothing and follow the procedure above, if nec- essary.

If you accidentally swallow electro- lyte, drink a large quantity of water or milk. Follow with milk of magne- sia, beaten raw egg or vegetable oil. Then go immediately for emer- gency help.

Warning: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

Terminals Ground cable

Holddown clamp

Check the battery for corroded or loose terminal connections, cracks, or loose holddown clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off with a solution of warm water and bak- ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi- nals with grease to prevent further cor- rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose, tighten their clamp nutsbut do not overtighten.

c. Tighten the holddown clamp only enough to keep the battery firmly in place. Overtightening may damage the battery case.

Checking battery condition Precautions Checking battery exterior

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2892003 AVALON (OM41401U)

NOTICE

Be sure the engine and all accesso- ries are off before performing main- tenance.

When checking the battery, remove the ground cable from the negative terminal ( mark) first and rein- stall it last.

Be careful not to cause a short cir- cuit with tools.

Take care no solution gets into the battery when washing it.

Type A

Green Dark Clear or light yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi- cator color.

Indicator color Condition

Type A Type B

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary. Have battery checked by your Toyota dealer.

Clear or light

yellow Red

Have battery checked by your Toyota dealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro- ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re- charger is off when connecting the charger cables to the battery and when disconnecting them.

CAUTION

Always charge the battery in an un- confined area. Do not charge the battery in a garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventila- tion.

Only do a slow charge (5 A or less). Charging at a quicker rate is dangerous. The battery may ex- plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all accessories are turned off.

Checking battery condition Battery recharging precautions

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

290 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Type A

Good Blown

Type B

Good

Good

Blown

Blown

Type C

If the headlights or other electrical components do not work, check the fuses. If any of the fuses are blown, they must be replaced.

See Fuse locations in Section 71 for locations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperative component off. Pull a suspected fuse straight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing the problem. The lid of the fuse box shows the name of the circuit for each fuse. See Section 8 of this manual for the functions controlled by each circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by the pullout tool. The location of the pullout tool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse has blown, try replacing the suspected fuse with one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse into the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat- ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in an emergency you can pull out the RADIO or A/C fuse, which may be dispensable for normal driving, and use it if its amperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper- age, use one that is lower, but as close as possible to the rating. If the amperage is lower than that specified, the fuse might blow out again but this does not indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get the correct fuse as soon as possible and return the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set of spare fuses and keep them in your ve- hicle for emergencies.

Checking and replacing fuses

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2912003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If the new fuse immediately blows out, there is a problem with the electrical sys- tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as soon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am- perage rating, or any other object, in place of a fuse. This may cause ex- tensive damage and possibly a fire.

If any washer does not work or low windshield washer fluid level warning light comes on, the washer tank may be empty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid. However, in cold areas where tempera- tures range below freezing point, use washer fluid containing antifreeze. This product is available at your Toyota dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow the manufacturers directions for how much to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or any other substitute because it may dam- age your vehicles paint.

The following illustrations show how to gain access to the bulbs. When replacing a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and light switch are off. Use bulbs with the wattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

To prevent yourself from burning, do not replace the light bulbs while they are hot.

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and require special handling. They can burst or shatter if scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb only by its plastic or metal case. Do not touch the glass part of a bulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

292 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

The inside of the lens of exterior lights such as headlights may temporarily fog up when the lens becomes wet in the rain or in a car wash. This is not a problem because the fogging is caused by the temperature difference between the outside and inside of the lens, just like the windshield fogged up in the rain. However, if there is a large drop of water on the inside of the lens, or if there is water pooled inside the light, contact your Toyota dealer.

Light bulbs Bulb No.

W Type

Headlights (low beam)

9006 51 A

Headlights (high beam)

9005 60 B

Front fog lights 9006 51 A

Front turn signal/parking lights

1157NA 27/8 C

Rear turn signal lights

21 D

Stop/tail lights 7443 21/5 E

Rear side marker lights

194 3.8 E

Backup lights 921 18 E

Tail lights 168 5 E

License plate lights

168 5 E

High mounted stoplight

921 18 E

Interior light 7 F

Front personal lights

7 F

Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type

Rear personal lights

5 F

Vanity lights 2 F

Glove box light 1.2 E

Door courtesy lights

6 F

Trunk light 3 F

A: HB4 halogen bulbs B: HB3 halogen bulbs C: Single end bulbs D: Wedge base bulbs (amber) E: Wedge base bulbs (clear) F: Double end bulbs

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2932003 AVALON (OM41401U)

1. Unplug the connector while depress- ing the lock release.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

2. Turn the bulb and remove it. 3. Install a new bulb and the connector into the mounting hole.

Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec- essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

Headlights

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

294 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If either the left or right front fog or front turn signal/parking lights burns out, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front fog or front turn signal/parking light bulbs by yourself. You may damage the ve- hicle.

Use a flatbladed screwdriver which is wrapped with a cloth.

a: Rear turn signal light b: Stop/tail light c: Rear side marker light d: Backup light

Front fog and front turn signal/parking lights

Rear turn signal, stop/tail, rear side marker and backup lights

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2952003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Remove and install the cover clips as shown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

Tail lights

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

296 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Remove and install the cover clips as shown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

License plate lights

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2972003 AVALON (OM41401U)

High mounted stoplight (type A)

High mounted stoplight (type B)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

298 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2992003 AVALON (OM41401U)

SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions and weight 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service specifications 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires 303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

300 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Model: 1MZFE

Type: 6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.): 87.5 83.0 (3.44 3.27)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.): 2995 (182.8)

Overall length mm (in.) 4865 (191.5)

Overall width mm (in.) 1820 (71.7)

Overall height mm (in.) 1465 (57.7)1

Wheelbase mm (in.) 2720 (107.0)

Front tread mm (in.) 1550 (61.0)

Rear tread mm (in.) 1525 (60.0)

1: Unladen vehicle 2: With floor shift type automatic transmission 3: With column shift type automatic transmission

Vehicle capacity weight (occupants luggage) kg (lb.)

410 (900)2

475 (1050)3

Dimensions and weight Engine

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

3012003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Fuel type: Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Oc- tane Number 96) or higher is recom- mended.

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.): 70 (18.5, 15.4)

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.): Intake 0.150.25 (0.0060.010) Exhaust 0.250.35 (0.0100.014)

Spark plug type: DENSO SK20R11 NGK IFR6A11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.): 1.1 (0.043)

Drive belt tension measured with Borroughs drive belt tension gauge No. BT3373F (used belt), Ibf:

Generator belt 8822 Power steering pump belt 11520

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp. qt.):

With filter 4.7 (5.0, 4.1) Without filter 4.5 (4.8, 4.0)

Toyota Genuine Motor Oil is filled in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and viscosity.

Oil grade: API grade SL EnergyConserving or ILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended oil viscosity: SAE 5W30

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur- ther details.

Fuel Service specifications

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

302 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.): 9.0 (9.5, 7.9)

Coolant type:

Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant is filled in your Toyota vehicle. In order to avoid technical problems, we strongly recommend using Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant or equivalent.

With ethyleneglycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or plain water alone.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

BATTERY

Open voltage at 20C (68F): 12.612.8 V Fully charged 12.212.4 V Half charged 11.812.0 V Discharged

: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes after the key is removed with all the lights turned off

Charging rates: 5 A max.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Up to 4.75 (5.0, 4.2)

Fluid type: Toyota Genuine ATF DII or DEXRONIII (DEXRONII)

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur- ther details.

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf) with the engine running, mm (in.):

75 (3.0)

Pedal free play, mm (in.): 16 (0.040.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when depressed with the force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66.1 lbf):

36 clicks

Fluid type: SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play: Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type: Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII or III

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

3032003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Tire size and pressure: Normal driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire size Tire pressure

Wheel size Front Rear

P205/65R15 92H 210 (2.1, 31) 210 (2.1, 31) 15 6JJ

P205/60R16 91H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 6JJ

Trailer driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire size Tire pressure

Front Rear

P205/65R15 92H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32)

P205/60R16 91H 240 (2.4, 35) 240 (2.4, 35)

When driving under the above vehicle load conditions at sustained high speeds above 160 km/h (100 mph), in countries where such speeds are permitted bylaw, inflate the front and rear tires to 280 kPa (2.8 kgf/cm2 or bar, 41 psi) provided that it does not exceed the maximum cold tire pressure molded on the tire sidewall.

Wheel nut torque, Nm (kgfm, ftIbf): 103 (10.5, 76)

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see Checking tire pressure through Aluminum wheel precautions in Section 72.

Tires

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

304 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Engine compartment

Engine compartment

Fuses (type A)

1. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: No circuit

2. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: No circuit

3. HEAD RH LWR 15 A: Righthand headlight (low beam)

4. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Lefthand head- light (low beam)

5. ABS NO.4 5 A: Vehicle skid control system

6. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light sys- tem

7. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse

8. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse

Instrument panel

9. SPARE 25 A: Spare fuse

10. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse

11. ALTS 5 A: Charging system

12. DCC 30 A: DOME, ECUB and RADIO fuses

13. SECURITY 10 A: Theftdeterrent sys- tem

14. HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights

15. A/F 25 A: Air/fuel sensor

16. DOOR NO.2 15 A: Power door lock system

17. HORN 10 A: Horn, theftdeterrent sys- tem

Fuses

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

3052003 AVALON (OM41401U)

18. AM2 10 A: SRS airbag system, multi- port fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, starter system, charging system, air/fuel sen- sor, fuel pump

19. EFI NO.2 7.5 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injec- tion system, air flow meter, oxygen sensor, evaporative emission control system, throttle positioner control sys- tem, engine control system

20. ABS NO.3 25 A: Antilock brake sys- tem

21. ABS NO.2 25 A: Vehicle skid control system

22. EFI NO.1 15 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injec- tion system, fuel pump

23. IG2 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys- tem/sequential multiport fuel injection system

24. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Lefthand head- light (high beam), high beam indicator light

25. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Righthand headlight (high beam)

26. ECUIG NO.1 5 A: Electric cooling fans

27. ECUB 7.5 A: Air conditioning system, theft deterrent system, power seats, meters, power windows (for driver and front passenger), multiplex communica- tion system

28. TAIL 10 A: Parking lights, license plate lights, tail lights, rear side marker lights, rear light failure warning light, engine control system

29. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heaters

30. FR P/W 20 A: Power window (for front passenger)

31. GAUGE NO.1 10 A: Vehicle skid con- trol system, rear window defogger, cruise control system, shift lock sys- tem, antilock brake system, auto anti glare inside rear view mirror, automatic light control system, power seats, rear light failure warning light, automatic transmission indicator lights, power out- let, power window (for driver), brake system warning light, electric moon roof

32. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system

33. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

34. TURN 7.5 A: Turn signal lights

35. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system

36. RADIO 15 A: Audio system, multiin- formation display

37. PANEL 5 A: Gauges and meters, audio system, cigarette lighter, air condition- ing system, emergency flasher, elec- tronically controlled automatic transmis- sion system, power rear view mirrors, multiinformation display, glove box light, instrument panel lights, instrument panel light control, power outlet

38. FL P/W 25 A: Power window (for driv- er)

39. PWR OUTLET NO.1 15 A: Power out- let (ACC)

40. ECUACC 5 A: Audio system, power rear view mirrors, multiinformation dis- play, shift lock system, multiplex com- munication system

41. SRSACC 10 A: SRS airbag system

42. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir- ror defoggers, engine control system

43. PWR OUTLET NO.2 15 A: Power out- let (IG)

44. GAUGE NO.2 10 A: Backup lights

45. OBDII 7.5 A: Onboard diagnosis sys- tem

46. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mounted stoplight, antilock brake system, shift lock system, cruise control system, ve- hicle skid control system, engine con- trol system

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

306 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

47. DOME 7.5 A: Interior lights, front per- sonal lights, door courtesy lights, igni- tion switch light, vanity lights, garage door opener, open door warning light, illuminated entry system, rear personal lights, automatic light control system, trunk light, wireless remote control sys- tem, multiplex communication system

48. OPNER 5 A: No circuit

49. RL P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear left passenger)

50. RR P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear right passenger)

51. WIP 25 A: Windshield wipers and washer

52. ECUIG NO.2 10 A: Antilock brake system, cruise control system, multiin- formation display, theft deterrent sys- tem, vehicle skid control system, me- ters, multiplex communication system

53. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter

54. DOOR NO.1 25 A: Theft deterrent sys- tem, trunk opener, multiplex commu- nication system

55. SUN ROOF 30 A: Electric moon roof

Fuses (type B)

56. AM1 40 A: Multiport fuel injection sys- tem/sequential multiport fuel injection system

57. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system

58. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fans

59. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fans

60. MAIN 40 A: Starter system

61. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger, noise filter

62. PWR SEAT 30 A: Power seats

Fuses (type C)

63. ABS 60 A: Antilock brake system, ABS NO.4 fuse

64. ALT 120 A: HTR, A/C, ABS NO.2, ABS NO.3, RDI, CDS, AM1, ABS and ABS NO.4 fuses

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

3072003 AVALON (OM41401U)

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S. OWNERS AND UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners 308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uniform tire quality grading 308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

308 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately in- form the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Tollfree: 18003314331).

If NHTSA receives similar com- plaints, it may open an investiga- tion, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of ve- hicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may ei- ther call the Auto Safety Hotline tollfree at 18004249393 (or 3660123 in Washington, D.C. area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hot- line.

This information has been prepared in ac- cordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis- tration of the U.S. Department of Trans- portation. It provides the purchasers and/ or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.

Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.

DOT quality gradesAll passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners Uniform tire quality grading

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

3092003 AVALON (OM41401U)

TreadwearThe treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (11/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi- tions of their use, however, and may de- part significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service prac- tices and differences in road characteris- tics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, CThe traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C, and they represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as mea- sured under controlled conditions on spe- cified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction.

Temperature A, B, CThe temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi- pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to de- generate and reduce tire life, and exces- sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a lev- el of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of perfor- mance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grades for this tire are established for a tire that is prop- erly inflated and not overloaded. Exces- sive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combina- tion, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

310 2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

03 AVALON U (L/O 0206)

2003 AVALON (OM41401U)

Publication No. OM41401U Part No. 01999-41401 Printed in Japan 01020600

( U)

Quick index

If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 116. . . . . . . .

If your vehicle will not start 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your engine stalls while driving 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle overheats 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you have a flat tire 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle needs to be towed 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tips for driving during breakin period 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

How to start the engine 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General maintenance 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or higher is recommended.

See page 210 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil: API grade SL EnergyConserving or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recom- mended.

See page 277 for detailed information.

Automatic transmission fluid: Toyota Genuine ATF DII or DEXRONIII (DEXRONII)

Tire information: See pages 281 thr

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the Avalon Toyota works, you can view and download the Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Toyota Avalon as well as other Toyota manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Toyota Avalon. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Toyota Avalon 2003 Sedan Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.